THE LIBRARY THE INSTITUTE OF MEDIAEVAL STUDIES TORONTO PRESENTED BY Rev, A.A. Vaschalde, C»S*B«
^/ ,/
"^?iWV.^
IM-
.t
Digitized by the Internet Archive in
2011 with funding from University of Toronto
http://www.archive.org/details/poeticsofaristoOOaris
OOKkseVlrfs* statiomers, VANNEVAR &. CO.. -.-.^
YO-G-^ STREET.
-
TORONTO
THE
POETICS OF AEISTOTLE
EDITED
AMTH CEITICAL NOTES AND A TKANSLATION BY S.
H.
BUTCHEE
PROFESSOR OF GREEK DJ THE UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH; FORMERLY FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, AND OF CNIVEBSITY COLLEGE, OXFORD HON. LL.D. GLASGOW ; HON. LITT.D. DUBLIN ;
SECOND EDITION REVISED
ILontion
MACMILLAN AND
CO., Limited
XEW YORK THE MACMILLAX COMPANY :
1898
All rights reserved
NOV
6 19421
First Edition 1895
Second Edition 1893
PEEFACE The
following Text and Translation of the Poetics
form part of
tlie
volume
entitled Aristotle s
Theory
of Poetry and Fine Art, second edition (Macmillan
and
In this edition the Critical Notes
Co., 1898).
are enlarged,
and the Translation has been
The improvements
fully revised.
care-
in the Translation
are largely due to the invaluable aid I have received
from
my
friend
and colleague. Professor W. R.
To him
Hardie.
would express
I
my
warmest
thanks,
and
also
Tyrrell,
who
has most kindly read through the
proof-sheets,
and
another
to
talked
friend.
over
and
Professor
elucidated
various questions of interpretation and criticism.
In making use of the mass of
which has appeared
Germany, strict
I
have found
principle
critical material
in recent years, especially in it
necessary to observe a
of selection,
my
aim
still
being
They Apparatus
to keep the notes within limited compass. are not intended to form a complete Criticus, I
trust,
still
less to
do duty
for a
commentary,
however, that no variant or conjectural
THE POETICS OF ARISTOTLE
VI
emendation of much importance has been overlooked.
In the
edition I admitted into the text
first
my own
conjectural emendations of
passages 4
:
—
xxv. 14
:
3
iii.
xix. 3
:
xxiii. 1
Of
xxv. 16.
:
:
in the following
xxiv. 10
:
these, one or
:
xxv.
two appear
to have carried general conviction (in particular, xxiii.
two
1);
now withdrawn,
are
—
and
3
iii.
xxv. 14, the latter in favour of
(Tucker).
In the a
first
edition, moreover, I bracketed, in
number
certain
of
passages,
words which
I
regarded as glosses that had crept into the text, viz.
I
:
—
now
iii.
1
18
vi.
:
xvii.
:
1
xvii.
:
the bracketed words tmv
and in
5
xvii.
vi.
18 for
MSS.,
\6ycov of the
/xev
By water's
In
Xeyo/juevcov,
5.
give Gomperz's correction tmv
conjecture
rt? avTO'? for
[Ttya9 avTo
There remains a conjecture which the
relegated
to
take
the
into
but
with
some
text
previously
I
which
notes,
now
I
confidence.
It
has had the good fortune to win the approval of
many refer ix.
5.
names
scholars, including the distinguished
of Professor Susemihl to
ov
MSS.) ra Tv^ovTa
(^ovrco
1451
Arabic has
b 14 '
(
=b
13
Bekk.),
names not given
the copyist's error
cf.
Bekk.), where A" has
appears in
and Professor
the
'
ix.
'
:
and
I
in
where the
random.'
though
ovrco,
ovo/xaTa
1451 a 38
2.
apographa
at
Tyrrell.
(
For
= a 36
ov to rightly for
a similar
PREFACE omission of ov in A° Bekk.), ov
12.
cf. vi.
o
7roi7]crec
Vli
indispensable negative being added in
'
= a 30
(
epyov,
the
apogr.'
and
rpaywSia'i
r?}?
rjv
1450 a 32
The emendation not only
found in the Arabic.
gives a natural instead of a strained sense to the
words Ta rv^ovra
but also
ovofiara,
with the general context, as
some length Fine Art
367-9
Another conjecture of to
admit into the
passage,
vi.
<'TrdvT6
of Poetry and
in Aristotle s Tlieory
(ed. 2) pp.
8.
eiTreiv
6i
(note).
my own (
=a
ovk
for
have ventured
I
much
In the
text.
1450 a 14
in better
fits
have argued at
I
disputed
12 Bekk.),
read
I
avrwv w?
oXiyot
elirelv
of the MSS., following the guidance of Diels and of the Arabic.
I
regard ovk okiyoi avrwv as a gloss
which displaced part of the original phrase
As
Crit. Notes).
Rhet.
i.
1354 a
1.
(see
a parallel case I have adduced
where
12,
ovhev
&)?
elirelv,
the
reading in the margin of A°, ought, I think, to be substituted in the text for the accepted reading
The word
6\iyov.
ovSev
&)?
elTvelv,
oXlyov
but
natural gloss
a
is
not
ovhev
SO
co?
elirelv
on on
oXiyov.
the Rhetoric
In two other difficult passages
may
again be
1455 a 30 edition)
(
summoned
=a
to our aid.
27 Bekk.)
bracketed rov
I
have
Oearrjv,
the
supplied with ixdvdavev being, as poet, not the
This
audience.
B 4-4-1
6%
I
In
xvii. 1.
(as in the first
object I
take
to it,
have now
l^e
the
illus-
vm
THE POETICS OF ARISTOTLE
trated
by another
in Rhet.
i.
where Xavddvovalv
8,
re \Tov
long been recognised as the true
uKpoarail has
suppressed
the
reading,
gloss of a precisely similar kind
1358 a
2.
not
being
object
the
audience but the rhetoricians.
Once more,
in
xxiv.
1460 a 26
9.
= a 23
(
Bekk.), where A° gives the meaningless aXXov I
read (as in the
the
of
reviser
Se,
edition) aX?C ovSe, following
first
This
A°.
was
which
reading,
accepted long ago by Vettori, has been strangely
by the
set aside
adopt a variant
chief
modern
dWo
Se
with the result that sentence
forced
is
me
either
irpoaOelvat at the
end of the
2.
i.
1357 a 17
ff.,
A
appears
to determine the question conclusively in
favour of dXV ovhe
.
The passage runs thus jMOV,
who
into impossible meanings.
passage in the Rhetoric, to
editors,
or resort to conjecture,
ovSe
Xeyetv
Bel
avdyKT]
.
.
:
eav yap
.
.
rt
37
jap rovro
avTO<;
.
Trpoadelvai.
rovrrov 'yvdopi'jrpocrTLOrjcnv
6
dKpoaTr]<;, olov
on
Acopiev<; (TT€(pavLT7]v djcova vevLKrj/cev,
Ixavov
ort
^OXvfXTria
elirelv
aTe(f)aviTrj
(TKova-i
jdp
rd ^OXvpurta, ov8e
yap
veviKriKev,
Sel
The general
iravre';.
to
TrpoaOelvai'
idea
is
S'
otl
yiyvai-
closely
our passage of the Poetics, and the
parallel to
expression of
it
similar
even to the word
ovSe
(where the bare ov might have been expected) in the duplicated phrase ovSe delvai.
to
elvai
One i)
difficulty still
yeveaOat
is
Bel Xeyetv, ovBe Bel irpoa-
The subject To supply it in
remains.
omitted.
—
PREFACE thought
is
not,
perhaps,
ix
but
impossible,
it
is
exceedingly harsh, and I have accordingly in this
accepted
edition avariKif)
Tucker's
Professor etvai,
rj
conjecture,
yeve(r6at.
The two conjectures of
my own
above mentioned
by the Arabic. I the Text and Critical Notes
are based on or corroborated
ought to add, that in generally I have
made
a freer use than before of
the Arabic version (concerning which
But
see
p.
4).
must be remembered that only detached
it
passages, literally rendered into Latin in Professor
Margoliouth's Analecta Orientalia (D. Nutt, 1887), are as yet accessible to those like myself
not Arabic scholars
were before us safely be used
;
and that even
who
are
the whole
if
in a literal translation, it could
not
by any one unfamiliar with Syriac
and Arabic, save with the utmost caution and
Of the
subject to the advice of experts.
value of this text,
no
version
final estimate
seems clear that
for
be noted (1)
i.
MSS.
criticism
can yet be made.
precise
of the
But
it
in several passages it carries us
back to a Greek original existing
the
Two
earlier
than any of our
striking instances
may
here
:
6-7. 1447 a 29
where the Arabic
ff.,
confirms Ueberweg's excision of eVoTroa'a and the insertion
ing
of
to the
avaivv^o<;
brilliant
before
rv^yavovaa^
conjecture
accord-
of Bernays
Margoliouth, Analecta Orientalia,
p.
47).
(see
THE POETICS OF ARISTOTLE
X (2) xxi.
1457 a 41
1.
fiejakcwTcov of the
(
MSS.
= a 35 Bekk), where by
Diels has,
for
the aid of
the Arabic, restored the word MaaaaXicorcov, and
added a most ingenious and convincing explanaemendation
introduced for the
is
me
that Diels' restoration of
passage
word
is
is
first
time into
MargoHouth
Professor
the present edition.
This
Notes).
Crit.
(see
tion of '^pfioKalKo^avOo^
tells
this
in
eVev^a/iez/o?
confirmed by the fact that the same
employed in the Arabic of
Aristotle's
Rhetoric to render evx^adai.
Another
great importance has been
result of
In some
established.
fifty
instances where
the
Arabic points to a Greek original diverging from the text of
A*",
it
confirms the reading found in
one or other of the
made a
'
apographa,' or conjectures
either at the time of the Renaissance, or in
more recent
period.
would be too long to
It
enumerate the passages here
;
they will be found
In most of these examples
noted as they occur.
the reading attested by the Arabic
undoubting
It
assent.
is,
possible to concede to A*' the
claimed for I
it
have
commands our
therefore,
by Vahlen. by the
consulted
no longer
unique authority
side
of
Margoliouth's book various criticisms of
Professor it, e.g.
Susemihl in Berl. Phil. Wochenschr. 1891,
and by Diels 1888,
p. 49.
in
But
Sitzungsher. I
have
also
p.
by
1546,
der Berl. Akad. enjoyed the special
—
'
PREFACE
xi
communication with Professor
benefit of private
Margoliouth himself upon a number of
difficulties
not dealt with in his Analecta Orientalia.
He has
my
disposal,
most generously put
his learning at
and furnished me, where
it
with a
literal translation.
Arabic
is
possible to do so,
In some instances the
and throws no
itself obscure,
the difficulty
was
light on
frequently, however, I have been
;
enabled to indicate in the notes whether the existing text
supported by the Arabic or not.
is
In the following passages
have in
I
this edition
adopted emendations which are suggested or confirmed by the Arabic, but which did not find a place in the ii,
first
edition
1448 a 15, 1450 a 18
3.
vi. 7.
/cat
:
loanrep ot (
=
Tovs
a 17 Bekk.), <6
evSaLiMovias koI
r]
8e /3tos>,
of the
ei'Sat/iOi/ta
omitting
MSS.
1452 bio, [tovtwv Se eip^/rat] 1456 a 26 ( = a 24 Bekk.), etV-os XX. 5. 1456 b 39 ( = b 36 Bekk.), avev xxi. 1. 1457 a 38, [koI ao-Ty/^ov]. The literal
xi. 6.
.
.
.
xviii. 6.
lation
of
the Arabic
compounded
of
significant
only not in so far as
xxi.
noun 1. 1457 a 41 above,
(
= a 36
hesitate to
add to
1.
is
and
this
trans-
some
is
insignificant,
significant
in
the
Bekk.), Mao-o-aAtwTwv (see
1459 a
icnas
this
a.8vvaT0V>
list
of corroborated
now admitted into the 24 ( = a 21 Bekk.), Kal firj
conjectures that of Dacier, text of xxiii.
it
of
p. xv.)
XXV. 17. 1461 b 14,
'and
is
—
—
: :
THE POETICS OF ARISTOTLE
Xll
icrropia^
the
Ta<;
icrTopiai<;
ofioi.a
Ta<;
correction
for
crvv6e
of the
(7vvr}6ei
note,
see
/cat
MSS. p.
6fxoia
/u-r)
(In defence of
165
of Aristotle's
Theory of Poetry and Fine Art.) The Arabic, as I learn from Professor Margoliouth, is literally '
and
in so far as he does not introduce (or, there
do not enter) into these compositions
stories
from our text and from Dacier's conjecture. is
nothing here to correspond to
MSS.
;
on the other hand, though
some form have appeared it
There of the
a-wqOet'i
may
awdeo-ei^;
Greek
in the
in
original,
not easy to reconstruct the text which the
is
translation
Another
implies.
municated privately to
me by
conjecture,
deserves mention.
It involves the simpler
The sense then
6/ji,o[a
to om9.
not be like the ordinary histories TocovTovi being
sunk
I subjoin a
in otaf, and,
becoming
Icrropiai at (7vvrj6ei
is,
'
change
and must
the demonstr.
;
'
by
attraction, olac
oJa? icrTopia<; ra? avvrjd€L
few other notes derived from corres-
pondence with Professor Margoliouth {a) Passages
reading of the
com-
Mr. T. M'Vey, well
of
tion
which
This version appears to deviate both
resemble.'
:
where the Arabic confirms the
MSS.
as against proposed
emenda-
:
iv. 14.
1449 a 27, iK/JaiVovre? ttJs AeKxt/CTjs apfjbovbas 'when we depart from dialectic com-
Arabic,
position.'
(The meaning, however,
is
obviously
misunderstood.) vi.
18.
1450 b 14
(
= b 12 Bekk), twv ph
Aoywi/
—
PREFACE
xiil
The
Arabic, 'of the speech.'
owing
sented, but,
/xev
to the Syriac
is
not repre-
form
of
that
particle being identical with the Syriac for the
preposition
of,' it
'
was
likely to be omitted here
by the translator or copyist. xviii. 1. 1455 b 28 ( = b 25 Bekk.). The Arabic agrees with the MSS. as to the position of which are from without and certain things from within sometimes.' xviii. 5. 1456 a 21 ( = a 19 Bekk.), Kal h rots aTrAois Arabic, and in the simple matters.' Trpdyixaa-t Xix. 2. 1456 a 41 ( = a 38 Bekk.), ra irddrj Trapa7roAAaK6s, 'as for things
'
:
crK€vd^€Lv
More doubtful dirb
tt;?
same
:
Arabic,
is xvii. 2.
aur?}?
nature.'
:
to prepare the suflferings.'
'
1455 a 33 Arabic,
= a 30
(
in
'
Bekk.),
one and the
The Arabic mode of translation
is
not decisive as between'' the MSS. reading and the conjecture
a7r' avTrj<;
Trj
(^ucrect)?,
but rather favours
the former. (6) Passages
words
is
where the conjectural omission of
apparently supported by the Arabic 1451 b 34
ix. 9.
(
= b 31
Kal SwaTo. yevkcrOai
Bekk.), oTa dv etKos y^vea-dat
Arabic,
:
:
there
'
is
nothing to
prevent the condition of some things being therein like those
which are supposed to
But we
be.'
can hardly say ^vith certainty which of the two phrases the Arabic represents. XVi. 4.
1454 b 34
(
=b
31 Bekk.), otov 'Opea-rrjs eV ry
l(jityev€La dveyviopLcrev
that which
is
on Opccm^s:
called Iphigeneia,
by Iphigeneia argued that seems
to
'Opf(rTr]<;.
point
to
the
it
Arabic, 'as in
and that
was
is
where-
Orestes.'
This
omission
of
the
first
THE POETICS OF ARISTOTLE
XIV
In
neither
altered the
these
passages,
have
however,
I
reading.
Passages on which the Arabic throws no
(c)
light
of
MSS.
:— i.
9.
1447 b emerges
The only point
22.
the metres
interest that
of
that in the Arabic rendering
('
we ought
there
is
no trace of
to call
which
Kal,
is
him poet
')
of all is
found alike in A° and
the 'apographa.' X. 3.
1452 a 22
(
= a 20
The words
Bekk.).
yiyvea-dai
Tavra are simply omitted in the Arabic. XXV. 18. 1461 b 20
MSS.
The
(
=b
17 Bekk),
line containing
avrhv
oxttc Kal
these words
is
not
represented in the Arabic. XXV. 19. 1461 b 22 ovcrrj<;
fxriSkv
.
.
=b
( .
19 Bekk.), orav
The words
fii]
dvdyKrj^
in the Arabic are
partly obliterated, partly corrupt.
In
conclusion,
I
desire
acknowledge
to
my
obligations to friends, such as Mr. B. Bosanquet
(whose History of Aesthetic ought to be in the hands of
students of the subject), Dr. A.
all
Mr.
W.
W.
Lock,
points,
have
J.
who have
written
me
Verrall,
notes on particular
and to many reviewers by whose
profited.
In a special sense
I
Professor Susemihl for his review of in
W.
Courthope, Mr. A. 0. Prickard, and Rev.
am
criticism I
indebted to
my first
edition
the Berl. Phil. Wochenschr., 28 th September
1895, as well as for the instruction derived from his
numerous
many where.
articles
on the Poetics, extending over
years in Bursian's Jahreshericht and else-
Among
other reviewers to
whom
I
feel
PREFACE grateful, I
in the
XV
would mention Mr. Herbert Richards
Classical Review,
Hardie in Mind,
vol. iv.
May
No.
15
of the unsigned articles in the
1895; Mr. R. P. ;
and the authors
Saturday Review,
2nd March 1895, and the Oxford Magazine, 12th June 1895.
To
Messrs. R.
k
R. Clark's Reader I would once
again express no merely formal thanks.
Edinburgh, November 1897.
CONTENTS PAGE
Editions, Translations, etc
xix
Analysis
1
List of Abbreviations
4
TEXT AND TRANSLATION
6
—
EDITIONS, TRANSLATIONS, ETC. The
following
is
a
order
Valla
of the chief editions
list
and of other writings
and translations
of the Poetics,
relating to this treatise, arranged in chronological
:
(G.),
Latin translation.
Venice, 1498.
Aldine text, in Rhetores Graeci. Latin translation, with the
Venice, Aldus, 1508.
summary
of Averroes
1198).
{ob.
Venice,
Arrivabeue, 1515. Pazzi (A.) [Paccius], Aristotclis Poetica, per
Alexandrum Paccium,
tium Florentinum, in Latinum convcrsa. Trincaveli, Greek text.
Robortelli
Venice, 1536.
In librum
(Fr.),
]jatri-
Venice, Aldus, 1536.
Aristolelis
de Arte Poetica explicationes.
Florence, 1548.
Segni
(B.),
Rettorica e Poetica d' Aristotcle tradotte di Greco in lingua
vulgare.
Florence, 1549.
Maggi (V.) [Madius], In
librum de Poetica
Aristotelis
explaiiationes.
Venice, 1550.
Vettori (P.) [Victorias], Commentationes in irrimum librinn Aristotelis de
Arte Poetarum.
Florence, 1560.
Castelvetro (L.), Poetica d' Aristotcle vndgarizzata.
Vienna, 1570
;
Basle,
1576.
Piccolomiui (A.), Annotationi nel libro della Poetica
d' Aristotcle,
traduttione del medtsivio libro in lingua volgnrc.
Casaubon (L), edition of Heinsius (D. ) recensuit.
Goulston Dacicr,
(T.),
La
con la
Venice, 1575.
Le3Hlen, 1590.
Aristotle.
Leyden, 1610.
Latin translation.
London, 1623, and Cambridge, 1696.
Poitiqnc tradnitc en Franqais, avec des remarques critiques.
Paris, 1692.
Batteux, Les quatres Poe'tiques d'Aristotc, d'llorace, de
priaux, avec Paris, 1771.
les
traductions
et
des remarques
Vida, de Des-
par I'Abbi Batteux.
THE POETICS OF ARISTOTLE
XX Winstanley Reiz,
commentary on
(T.),
De Podica
Metastasio (P.
Liher.
Estratto dclV Arte Podica d' Aristotele e considerazimii su
),
la medcsima.
Twining
Paris, 1782.
Treatise on Poetry, translated with notes
(T.), Aristotle's
and on
translation
and Pye (H.
original,
tJie
A
Commentary
and two
To which
is
corrected edition of the translation of the Poetic. (T.
),
Be
Textum
Poetica Liber.
prefixed a neio and London, 1792.
recensuit, versionem refinxit,
animadversionihios illustravit TJiomas Tyrwldtt.
Buhle
T.
(J.
Hermann
)
Grafenham
(E. A.
Ars Poetica cum commentariis. Leipzig, 1821.
etc.
Ueher die Poetik des Aristoteles
(Fr. v.),
den ncuern Dramatikcrn. Spengel
Ritter
und
Munich, 1837.
philos.-philol. CI. 11.
Ad
(Fr.),
antiquos
codices
rccognitam,
E.),
frangaise
et
et
com-
Cologne, 1839.
Essai sur Vhistoire de la Critique chez
la PoMiqiie d'Aristote
conversam,
latine
mentario illustratam edidit Franciscus Ritter.
Egger (M.
sein VcrMltniss zu
Berlin, 1829.
Ueher Aristoteles' Poetik in Abhandlungcn dcr Munchener
(L.),
Akad.
Leipzig, 1802.
W.), De Arte Poetica lihrum denuo recensuit, commen-
tariis illustrai'it,
Raumer
et
Oxford, 1794.
Gottingen, 1794.
recensuit.
(Godfrey),
the
illustrating the Poetic oj Aristotle hy examples
taken chiefly from the modern poets.
Tyrwhitt
07i
dissertations on poetical
London, 1789.
imisical imitation.
J.),
Oxford, 1780.
Poetics.
Leipzig, 1786,
les Grecs,
sidvi de
d'extraits de ses Problemes, avcc traduction
commentaire.
Paris, 1849.
Bernays (Jacob), Gruiidziige der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles
Wirkung der
iiber
Saint-Hilaire
perpituclles.
Tragodie,
Breslau, 1857.
Podtique traduite en frangais
(J. B.),
et
accompagnde de notes
Paris, 1858.
Stahr (Adolf), Aristoteles uiul die Wirkung der Tragodie.
Berlin, 1859.
Stahr (Adolf), German translation, with Introduction and notes.
Stutt-
gart, 1860.
Liepert
(J.), Aristoteles ilber
Susemihl zig,
Vahlen Spengel
Vahlen
(J.
(F.),
German
den Zweck der Kunst.
Passau, 1862.
translation, with Introduction
and
),
Beitragc zu Aristoteles' Poetik.
(L.), Aristotelische (J.) recensuit.
Studien IV.
Leip-
Vienna, 1865.
Munich, 1866.
Berlin, 1867.
Teichmiiller (G.), Aristotelische ForscMtngen.
der Poetik des Aristoteles.
II.
I.
Bcitrage zur Erkldrung
Aristoteles' Philosophic der
Halle, 1869.
Ueberweg
notes.
1865 and 1874.
(F.),
German
translation and notes,
Berlin, 1869.
Kunst.
EDITIONS, TRANSLATIONS, ETC. Reiiikens
H. ), Aristoteles
(J.
Kunst,
iiber
besonders
XXI Tragodie.
iiber
Vienna, 1870,
Doring
Die Kunstlehre des
(A.),
Ueberweg
(F.),
Ars
{Parisiensis 174i)-
Bywater
(I.),
Aristoteles.
Moore
(J.)
(E.),
Aristotelia in Journal of Philology, v. 117
iterum recensuit
and
xiv. 40
ff.
Berlin, 1874.
and 1893.
Leipzig, 1878
ilbcr die Aristotelische
Thcorie des
Berlin, 1880.
Brandscheid (F.), Text, German translation, mentary. Wiesbaden, 1882.
(D.),
notes and c»m-
critical
with English translation.
(E. R.), Vahlen's text
Margoliouth
ff.
Oxford, 1875.
Bernays (Jacob), Zwei Ahhandlungen
Drama.
A'
1885.
adnotatione critica auxit.
et
Vahlen's text witli notes.
Christ (W.) recensuit.
Wharton
codicis antiquissvmi
Berlin, 1870.
London and Cambridge, 1873 and Vahlen
Jena, 1870.
ad fdem potissimum
Poetica
Oxford, 1883.
Analecta Oricntalia ad Poeticam Aristoteleam.
Lon-
don, 1887.
Benard (C), L'EstMtique
Gomperz
(T.),
Zu
d'Aristote.
Aristoteles' Poctik,
Paris, 1887. I.
(c. i.-vi.).
Vienna, 1888.
Heidenhain (F.), Averrois Paraphrasis in librum Pocticae Aristotelis Jacob Mantino interprete. Leipzig, 1889. Prickard (A. O.), Aristotle on the Art of Poetry. Appendices. London, 1891.
La
A
Lecture with two
Podtique d'Aristote, Manuscrit 1741 Fonds Grec de la BibliotMgue
Nationale.
MM. Carroll
Preface de
Lumiere.
M. Henri Omont.
Photolithographic de
Paris, 1891.
(M.), Aristotle's
Poetics
in the Light of the Homeric Scholia.
Baltimore, 1895.
Gomperz
(T.), Aristoteles' Poetik.
Uebcrsetzt
tnul
eingcleitet.
1895.
Gomperz
(T.),
Zu
Aristoteles' Poetik, II., III.
Vienna, 1896.
Leipzig,
)
:
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS
ANALYSIS OF CONTENTS I.
'
Imitation
{iJ.ifj.Tiais)
'
the
common
principle of the Arts of Poetry,
Music, Dancing, Painting, and Sculpture.
Medium
tinguished according to the
These Arts
dis-
or material Vehicle, the
The Medium of and the Manner of Imitation. Harmony (or Melody), is Rhythm, Language, and
Objects,
Imitation
'
'
taken singly or combined. II.
The Objects
of Imitation.
Higher or lower Arts.
the Imitative
tj'pes are represented in all
In Poetry this
is
the basis of the distinction between
Tragedy and Comedy. III.
The Manner
of Imitation.
Poetry narrative
may
be in form either dramatic narrative, pure
(including
poetry),
Ijric
digression follows on
the
name and
pure
or
original
drama.
home
A
of the
Drama. IV.
The Origin and Development Psychologically, Poetry instinct
of
Imitation,
of Poetry.
may
and the
be traced to two causes, the instinct
of
Harmony and
Rhythm. Historically viewed. Poetry diverged early in two directions
Homeric poems Tragedy and Comedy exhibit the distinction in a developed traces of this twofold tendency are found in the
form.
The
successive steps in the history of
Tragedy are enumer-
ated.
V. Definition of the Ludicrous (rd yeXoiov), and a brief sketch of the Points of comparison between Epic Poetry rise of Comedy.
and Tragedy.
(The chapter
B
is
fragmentary.
—
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS
:
Six elements in Tragedy
VI. Definition of Tragedy.
—namely,
Scenic Presentment
Song
Lyrical
namely, Plot
{/j-eXoTroda), (fj-vdos),
(6
Diction
Character
ttjs
6^€ws
(X^^£s)
{rjdos),
;
three external,
:
Kdcrfios
or
oi/'is).
three internal,
and Thought {dLavoLa). is of primary import-
Plot, or the representation of the action,
ance
Character and Thought come next in order,
;
VII. The Plot must be a Whole, complete in
itself,
and of adequate
magnitude. VIII. The Plot must be a Unity.
Unity of Plot consists not in Unity Unity of Action.
of Hero, but in
The
must be organically connected.
parts
IX. (Plot continued.) Dramatic Unity can be attained only by the observance of Poetic as distinct from Historic Truth for ;
Poetry
an expression of the Universal, History of the Par-
is
The
ticular.
rule of probable or necessary sequence as applied
Certain plots condemned for want of Unity.
to the incidents.
The
best Tragic effects depend on the combination of the
Inevitable and the Unexpected.
X. (Plot continued.)
of Simple {air\ol)
Definitions
and Complex
{ireirXeyfiivoi) Plots.
Sudden Reversal
XI. (Plot continued.) n-^reia),
Incident XII.
The
Recognition
'quantitative parts'
fined
:
—Prologue,
or Recoil of the Action {irepi-
and Tragic and explained.
(dvayvdipLo-Ls),
(Trddos) defined
{/J.ipT]
Episode,
or disastrous
Kara t6 irocbv) of Tragedy de-
etc.
(Probably an interpolation.)
AVhat constitutes Tragic Action. The change of fortune and the character of the hero as requisite to an ideal Tragedy. The unhappy ending more truly tragic than the poetic justice which is in favour with a popular audience, and belongs rather to Comedy.
XIII. (Plot
continued.)
'
XIV.
'
The
(Plot continued. )
tragic emotions of pity
and
fear should
To produce them by Scenery
spring out of the Plot
itself.
Spectacular effect
entirely against the spirit of Tragedy.
Examples emotional
XV. The element
of
is
Tragic
Incidents
designed
to
or
heighten the
effect.
of Character (as the manifestation of moral purpose)
in Tragedy.
Requisites of ethical portraiture.
The
rule of
necessity or probability applicable to Character as to Plot.
The
'
Deus ex Machina
Character
XVI.
is
'
(a
passage out of place here).
How
idealised.
(Plot continued.)
Recognition
:
its
various kinds, with examples.
:
:
ANALYSIS OF CONTENTS XVII. Practical
rules for the Tragic Poet
To
(1)
place the scene before his eyes,
parts himself in order to enter into vivid
and to sympathy
act the A\ith
the
dramatis personae.
To sketch the bare
(2)
ing to
>vith those of
XVIII. Further rules
of Tragedy are here incidentally contrasted
Epic Poetry.
for the Tragic
To be
(1)
outline of the action before proceed-
in the episodes.
fill
The Episodes
Poet
careful about the Complication {Uais)
nov^ement (Mens) of the Plot
;
and D^-
especially the Dinouement.
To imite, if possible, varied forms of poetic excellence. Not to overcharge a Tragedy with details appropriate
(2) (3)
to Epic Poetry.
To make the Choral Odes
(4)
— like the Dialogue — an organic
part of the whole.
XIX. Thought
and Diction
or the Intellectual element,
(Stdj'ota),
in
Tragedy.
Thought may be expressed either by the dramatic speeches composed according to the rules of Rhetoric or through the dramatic incidents, which speak for themselves. Diction falls largely within the domain of the Art of De-
—
—
clamation, rather than of Poetiy.
XX.
Language in general. An analysis of the parts of and other grammatical details. (Probably interpolated.
Diction, or speech,
XXI. Poetic
The words and modes
Diction.
in Poetry
:
of speech
admissible
including Metaphor, in particular.
A passage — probably interpolated — on the Gender of Nouns. How Poetry combines elevation of
XXII. (Poetic Diction continued.)
language with perspicuity.
XXIII. Epic Poetry.
It agrees
with Tragedy in Unity of Action
:
herein
contrasted with History,
XXIV.
(Epic Poetry continued.)
Tragedy. trated,
The
Further points of agreement with
points of difference are enumerated
— namely,
(1)
the length of the
poem
;
(2)
and
illus-
the metre
;
(3) the art of imparting a plausible air to incredible liction.
XXV.
brought against Poetry, and the principles on which they are to be answered. In particular, an elucidation of the meaning of Poetic Truth, and its difference from common
Critical Objections
reality.
XXVI. A
general estimate of the comparative worth of Epic Poetry and
Tragedy.
The
alleged defects of Tragedy are not essential to
Its positive merits entitle it to the higher
rank of the two.
it.
:
ABBEEVIATIONS IN THE CEITICAL NOTES A<=:
the
Parisian
century fidently,
which
manuscript (1741) of
the
11th
but
too
con-
generally,
:
perhaps
supposed to be the archetype from
all
other extant
MSS.
directly or in-
directly are derived.
Apogr.
=
one or more of the MSS. other than
Arabs
=
the Arabic version of the Poetics (Paris 882 A),
A*^.
of the middle of the 10th century, a version
independent of our extant MSS.
It is not
directly taken from the Greek, but
is
a trans-
lation of a Syriac version of the Poetics
unknown
now
author,
by an
(The quotations
lost.
in the critical notes are from the literal Latin
Mar-
translation of the Arabic, as given in goliouth's A7ialecta Orientalia.)
the Greek manuscript, far older than A'= and no
longer extant, which was used by the Syriac (This
translator.
by Susemihl brevity.)
It
I
symbol already employed
have taken for the sake
must be remembered,
that the readings ascribed to
we
infer to
2
of
therefore,
are those
which
have existed in the Greek exemplar,
from which the Syriac translation was made. the Aldine edition^of Bhetores Graeci, published
Aid.
in 1508.
Vahlen's text of the Poetics Ed.
Valilen
Vahlen
3.
by him
into
words with manuscript authority (including
A*^),
a conjecture of Vahlen, not admitted
coni.
the text.
]
[
=
which should be deleted from the
< > =
text.
a conjectural supplement to the text.
* *
=
a lacuna in the text,
f
=
words which are corrupt and have not been factorily restored.
satis-
API2TOTEAOY2 nEPI nOIHTIKHS
API2TOTEAOT2 nEPI nOIHTIKH2 Uepl
I
BvvafjLiv
7rot,r}T{,K'f]<;
GKaarov
avrrj^;
lo el fieWec /caXco? e^eiv
rcva
rjV
rj
en
iroi7]aL
he eK Troacov Kal
dWcov oaa
TTOLcov
earl fiopicov, ofiOLw; he Kal irepl twv
avTrj<;
iari fieOoBov, \ey(o/j,ev ap^d/xevot Kara ^vaiv irpoi-
Tov airo Twv 7rol7jcrt<; 1 5
re Kal rcov elScov avrrj^,
e^6i, koX ttw? hel crvvicrTaadat rov'i fivOovi
en
avXr^nKTi^ ovcrac
Kal 20 hia
ev
fMrj
erepoi<;
/jULfxelaOat
Trj<;
tw erepa
rj
rj
tm
ere-
wcrirep
ttoWo, jiipLovvTai nve^ direiKai^ovre^
(ol fxev
he htd <7vvrj6eia<;), erepoi he hid t?}?
(J3C0VT]
fjLifj,r}cnv
')(wpl
rj
elpr)fxevai,<;
re^yat?- aTraaat
Forchhammer :
/cat
'
:
per sonos
iv apogr.
iroiOVvraL
olov dpfiovla jxev Kal pvdfiM
12.
:
(pijivris
fjuev
ev pvOjxcp Kal \oya> Kal dp/jLovta, TovToi
fxefityfievoi'^'
:
21.
rpa'ywhia'i 2
(T'^ijfiaaL
1447 a 9. eKaarov apogr. '^Kaaro N A<=. habuit iam S var. lect., 'et dicaiuus
iv
Trj
Tep^i/77? ol
rrjv
A'^
r]
hiOvpa/ji/BoTroLrjnKT] Kal
tov avrov rpoirov.
ovTco Kav Tat
rj
rj
to avvoXov, hLa(f)epovai, he dWijiXcov rpialv, 3
fxi/jitjaetf;
Kal
pa)<;
eiroTTOLia hrj Kal
Kal KiOapicrnKrj'i iraaai rvy^dvovaiv
ifKeicxrri
77
jdp tS
;7
TrpcoTcov.
he Kco/xtphia Kal
t?}?
:
et
'imitatur rebus diversis' Arabs
Arabs (piaeus Maggi koL A° kKv Aid. :
'
:
:
"K^yu/j-ev
apogr.
dicimus' Arabs.
5t'
:
rcDi yevei.
:
XP^' Xiyofiev 17. to!
A.'^.
avrrts r^s ^i^crews
20.
Spengel.
;;
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS I propose to treat of Poetry in itself and of its various I ^^^ ^ kinds, noting the essential quality of each ; to inquire into the structure of the plot as requisite to a good
number and nature
the
into
poem
is
composed
;
us
let
begin
poem
parts of which a
and similarly into whatever
within the same inquiry. nature,
of the
else falls
Following, then, the order of
with the principles which come
first.
Epic poetry and Tragedy, Comedy also and dithyrambic 2 poetry,
and the music
most of
modes
of
the flute and of the lyre in
their forms, are all in their general conception
They
imitation.
of
another in three respects,
manner
or
mode
of
—
differ,
however, from one 3
the medium, the objects, the
imitation,
being
each
in
case
distinct.
For as there are persons who, by conscious
mere the
habit, imitate
medium
art
or 4
and represent various objects through
of colour
and form, or again by the voice
so in the arts above mentioned, taken as a whole, the
imitation
is
produced by rhythm, language, or
either singly or combined.
'
harmony,'
8
4—9.
I.
fiovov
jjbevai
25 erepat
re avKrjriKrj koi
rf
Tvyydvovatv
jap ovTOi
T03V op')(7}aTwv, Kol
Tot9
payvvaa
e'lre
tS)v
av
10 ovSev
aevdpyov
-v|ri\ot9
pier ctXki^Xwv
rot'?
i)
irpci^ei'^'
he
r)
fxerpoL^ koX tov-
vvv
rod
p^e-^pt
ovop^daat kolvov tov<;
€')(OLpiev
rayv
eW^ evi tlvl yevei '^pwp.evT)
rv'y')(^dvovaa
fierpcov,
rcve'i rj
Toiv cr'^7]/jiaTi^ofjievo3v
hiQ,
koL iradr] koX
tjOtj
[eVoTTOi/a] fiovov rol'i \070t9 1447 b
KLdapcaTiKr) kclv el
pvdjxu) \^ixLfxovvTai\ %&>/5t9 app.ovla
pvOjxwv fiL/xovvrai koI
•\^\^^,
rj
22
ovcrat rotavrac ttjv Bwafitv, olov
tw
avpLyycov, avTa> Se 77
24—1447 b
1447 a
7
kol
S(0(f)povo
koX tou? %a)KpaTiKov
p,ip,ov<;
Tt9 Bid TptpLerpcov
eXeyelcov
i)
rj
roiv
dWcov
TivoiV rSiV rotov-
r(ov TTOioiTo TTJV p^lpbrjcnv' ifkrjv ol dvOpcoirolye avvd7rTovre<; T(p p^irpo) I c
TO TTOielv ekeyetoiroLom, tov<; 8e eTroTrocov; ovop,a-
Kara
^ovaiv, ov'^ 0)9
Kal yap dv laTpuKOV
Twv pberpwv eK^epwcnv,
Tt Bed
dWa Koivfj
rrjv pblp^rjaLV ironjTa^
TO fieTpov 7rpo(7a
i]
Kara
(fjvcrcKov 8
ovtco KoXecv eldoOacrcv ovBev
Be KOLVOV eaTLV 'OpLrjpw kuI 'E/xTreSo/cXet irXrjv to pceTpov Blo
Tov 20 ^
Kav
op.olw'i Be
TTOLOiTO Trjv
pov
p^dWov
BiKaiov KaXeiv, tov Be (pvcrioXoyov
p^ev TTOLijTrjv
7rotr]Tr]V'
:
Ti9 drravTa
Td pbeTpa
Kaddirep ^aip7]p,Q)v
pLLp,7](Ttv
pbiKTrjv pa-drcpBlav
25. Tiryxdi'ouiTij' apogr.
et
eTToirjcre
pbtyvvcov 9
Kei^raw-
d'TvdvTCOv tCov p,eTpa)v, Kat
e'f
ToiavraL add. apogr.
rvyxo^viocTLv A'^.
tovtov
:
habuit
26. ti$ avT($ codex S, unde Syrus- Arabs 'aliae artes similes vi.' fiLfxavvrai del. Spengel, quod confirmat S^ S male (Margoliouth). Arabs 01 A^ ars instrumenti saltationis Arabs. 27. 7; apogr. '
:
ol
Gomperz
<xa.pi-icTepoi>
male (Margoliouth).
iivoTvoda
29.
S
6pxv<^TpQiv
Ueberweg,
seclus.
:
:
'
<xapt^j'Tes> Zeller.
ol
:
cm. iam S.
1447 b 9. ^ toij i/'tXeis fjLerpois coni. Vahlen. dviivvfioi add. Bernays, confirmante Arabe 'quae sine nomine est adbuc.' \pCko2s
15.
^ Tols
Karh,
physica
'
/jL^rpois
apogr,
ttjv
Arabs.
codd.
:
22.
'
:
ttjv
Idem
IJ.LKTTJV
om.
Karot
S
:
16.
A=.
praestat
Averroes
pllkttjv
(pvaiKbv
Heinsius
(Margoliouth)
'
:
:
'
re
fiovaiKdv
pafqiSiav delere voluit Tyrwhitt.
Vahlen Kal om. S KalroL Rassow, Gomperz. Loci difficultatem transpositione verborum tollere vult Susemihl 20-22 Kal TOVTOV apogr.
:
/cat
A<=,
:
:
;
ofJLoiios
5^
.
.
.
TUP
ixiTpusv
post 12
Toio{)T(j}v
collocat,
commate ad tolo^tuv
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS
Thus
music of the
in the
similar to
without
harmony
'
another
1447 b
alone,
and again,
consist
of
for
;
'harmony'
also in other arts, such
;
which are essentially
pipe,
alone
is
used 5
even dancing imitates character,
by rhythmical movement.
action,
art
verse,
'
9
lyre,
In dancing, rhythm
these.
emotion, and is
shepherd's
the
that of
4—9
and the
flute
and rhythm alone are employed as
I.
There
6
which imitates by means of language
that
may
but
prose
either
in
either
combine
kind
one
—
verse
or
— which
metres
different
or
but this has hitherto been
without a name.
For there the
mimes
dialogues poetic
poet
on
People to the
'
in
entitles
when
them
all
author
;
common
On
could apply to 7
on
the
the
other,
any
or
elegiac,
word
'
hexameter) poets, as
makes the
maker
'
or
if
it
of poet
were not
poet, but the verse that
indiscriminately to
name
to
similar
the metre, and speak of elegiac
is
Even
the name.
a treatise on medicine or natural science
out in verse, the
call
of
is,
that
and,
;
iambic,
indeed, add
do,
name
poets, or epic (that
the imitation
hand
one
the
imitations
metre. *
common term we
no
is
of Sophron and Xenarchus and the Socratic
8
brought
is
by custom given
to the
and yet Homer and Empedocles have nothing in but the metre, so that
it
would be
right to
the one poet, the other physicist rather than poet.
the same principle, even
if
a writer
imitation were to combine all metres, as in his Centaur,
which
is
in
his
poetic 9
Chaeremon did
a medley composed of metres
:
10
9
I.
—
II.
1447 b 23
4.
Trpocrayopevreov.
TToiTjTTjp
25
rwv
re
ovv tovtcov
Bi(opL(r6co Tot<; elprj-
fjLev
10
Xeyo) Be olov pvdfiS Kot fieXei koX fxerpw, wcrirep
fjbevot<;, ri
Tiv6<;
a 15
at iraai, '^pSivrai
irepl
TovTOv TOP rpoirov elal Be
— 1448
Bcdvpafju^cKcov
T€ TpajoyBla Kal a/xa iraaiv al Be
rwv
Bta(f)opa<;
Kara
Kal
7roLr)crc<;
ravra^
fiepo'i.
oh
Te')(yS)V, ev
tojv voficov Koi
77
on
Bia^epovcn Be
KcofMcpBla'
1)
rj
al fxev
ovv Xejco ra?
fiev
iroLovvrat rrjv
puijjb'qcnv.
eVel Be /xifiovvrac ol fiL/xovfievoc irpdrrovTa^;, dvajKri Be
II
TOVTOvi
rj
cTTTOvBalovi
Bia^epovcn
(f)av\ov<; elvat
rj
del Tovroi^ dKoXovdel
7rdvre<;), rjroi, I3e\ri0va<;
Kal roLOvrovi, coaTrep ol
5 rj
Kpelrrov;, Uavcrcov Be
on
BrjXov Be
Kal
{rd yap
a'^eBbv
r]6r)
KaKca yap Kal dperfj rd
fjL0V0i,<;,
Ka6'
rj
TLoXvyvforo'i [xev
ypa(f)ei
eKdcrrr]
yap
e'lKa^ev
')(eipov^, Aiovv(tlo<; Be ofxoiov^
rwv Xe-^detawv
ridrj
'^eipova'i
r}fjbd
jjLiixrja-eoiv
e^ei 2
ravra
Kal ydp ev
rovrov rov rporrov.
ean yeveaOaL ravra^
10 KiOaplaei
Xoyov; Be Kal
irepl rov
Kal avKrjaei Kal 3
op'X^rjcrei
rd<; 7rap(pBLa
15
')(eipov<;'
rov^
v6/jL0v
ovK '
(pvaioXoyov
ijdr]
Aid.,
Kal
.
.
T
.
dper^ apogr., 2:
apogr.
:
to
A<=.
iroLy]rT}v
29.
KaKia 12.
6
Gryph.
:
.
.
:
efficitur
sic
:
apogr.
at
diOvpafx^wy apogr.
oh Vettori .
ttoltjttjv
^4X0-
dperr] A^.
:
ol
A<=
28. wacrai apogr.
1448 a
a?s A<=. 7.
St]
ante rds add. apogr.
3.
Kadq.
Morel.
13.
8.
rpayipSlas ut
AetXtdSa videtur S, qui primus faciebat tragoediam Arabs. cf. Castelvetro). pr. man., fort, recte, ut in Iliadis parodia (Tyrrell '
'
:
oi toi>s
ibcrirep
codd.
:
Vahlen.
ilxTirep
Margoliouth 'Apyas Castelvetro
coni.
iocnrep ovrcos
:
:
ut
TrpocrayopevTeov concludatur locus
24. at
26.
'
ov A^.
:
et 22 Kal
fj.i/j.7i(nv
/xdWou •^ Bekker.
homines qui Arabs.
odv apogr.
Kal irepl 4
rov'i Bi6vpdfj,/3ov^
ol rov^i K.vKX(07ra<; TLfioOeo'i Kal
posito, deleto 13 ttoloito tt^v
verbis
Op,rjpo
%dcno
Kal l^iKO'^dpr)^
Kal irepl
ojjloiw^ Be
'
rrjv y^ikoiierpiav, olov
fiev ^e\riov<;, KXeo(f)cov Be of^olovi, 'Hy^ficov Be 6
dBa
Kal [ro]
rd<; dvo/xoLorrjra'i'
S
ut videtur
ws Il^po-as Vettori
:
:
Hxrirep
A<=
15.
&(nrep ya.%
yap
coni.
9— II.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS I of all kinds,
term poet. There
we should bring him too under the So much then for these distinctions. some
again,
are,
arts
—
means above mentioned,
which employ
namely,
general
all
tune
rhythm,
the 10
and
Such are dithyrambic and nomic poetry, and
metre.
and
Tragedy
also
H
4
difference
that
is,
Comedy in
the
but
;
first
them the
between
two cases these means
now one
are all employed in combination, in the latter,
means
employed,
is
now
another.
Such, then, are the differences of the arts with respect to the
II ^^^ *
medium
of imitation.
Since the objects of imitation are these
men must
in action,
and
moral character mainly answers to these divisions,
(for
goodness and of
men
be either of a higher or a lower type
moral
men
badness being the distinguishing marks
differences),
follows that
it
either as better than in real
as they are.
It is
men
depicted
as
noble, Dionysius
Now
we must
the same in painting.
than they
nobler
drew them true
to
represent
or as worse, or
life,
are,
Polygnotus
Pauson
as
less
life.
evident that each of the modes of imitation 2
it is
above mentioned will exhibit these differences, and be-
come
a distinct kind in imitating objects that are thus Sucli diversities
distinct.
may
be found even in dancing, 3
and lyre-playing.
flute-playing,
So again in language,
whether prose or verse unaccompanied by music. for example,
as
they are
parodies,
than they
makes men ;
better than they are
Hegemon
the
Thasian,
the
;
Homer, Cleophon
inventor
of
and Nicochares, the author of the Deliad, worse are.
and nomes
;
The same thing holds good
here too one
may
of
dithyrambs 4
portray dilfereut types, as
12
4—111.
II.
av
^€vo
TpajfoSla /30V9
20
he tovtcov
rpLrrj
eariv ore
/jit/j.ei(T6ai
Bt,a(f)opa
koI yap iv
Ta.
civ
fJajJuy'icraiTO
fxev
iv Tpial
fit/Jbov/jbivovi].
6 avTO
TT] fiev
eo?
rj
KOT
av
hrj
TLve<;
avrd
ptet? (tj}9 ixev
eVt
Tr;?
oh
Bia(f>opat<;
rwv
avTol
c^acnv,
on
yap
Trap"
16.
fiera-
/xi/jirjai'i
r)
yap
K(i)/jLa<;
ol
KWfi(phia
rrj<;
Meyapet'i
6
^Ei7rL'^ap/uL0
•
dv
tis]
secl.
re ivravOa
o'i
Kal ol iK
TrotT/r?)?
coni.
rrj^;
ttoWS
Tpay(phla
ra ovopLara
TTotovfxevoL
Td
hijfxov^, (09 Kcoix(phov<;
[pLifirjaairo
yap
hto Kal
hpa)vra
/XL/Jbovvrac
Bi]/jbOKpaTia
rjv
cnj/jbeLov
KaXelv ^aaiv, ^Adrj-
ouk dirb tov Kcofid^etv \e-
Vahlen.
aiV^ 5^ Vettori
rrj
:
'in
Tavrrj d^ rrj M. Casaubon avrfi Be ry codd. <'^> yiyvdfxevov 21. 6t^ fj-ev om. ut videtur S. OT^ /xev d-n-ayyiWovTa <6t^ 5'> 'irepbv tl yiyvbjxevov Bywater secutus Eodem fere pervenit Arabem secutus Gumposch, recte, ut opinor.
eadem discrepantia Arabs: '
:
18. TWJ' w;'
.
Margoliouth.
tl
seclus.
Zeller,
.
:
.
Spengel.
iravTo. I. Casaubon. secludendum (Bywater) tuetur S. seclusi olini seclus. Vahlen dvayKaloji S (Margoliouth): Kal & add. apogr.
23.
:
:
36.
aiirol et 'Adijvalovs
iam editio Oxoniensis 1760 Wilamowitz, Gomperz.
:
odroi et
Spengel
(cf.
iravras
tovs
:
Bywater.
2
ware
c5.
66ev Kal hpa/iara KaXec- 3
Kcofiq)hLa
avToh
iv UeXoTTovvijcra))
fiev
vaiov; he
n yiyvofir)
So^o/c\?}?, jJupbOvvTaL
7rp6repo
35 evioc
kol ra avra
erepov
re kol a koI
ecr) fiLfxrjrr}^ '0/jirjpfp
iKeWev yap
%iKe\la
(?)
rov avrov kol
30 dvTLiroiovvTaL t^? re rpaywhla^ Kal
ft)9
eKaara rovrcov
g)?
ravraci
dpya
fiLfiovvrac Kal hp(t)VTa
aOal
to
(j7rov8aiov<;, rfi he ApLO-rocjidveL, irpdrrovra^;
dfi(f>co
rj
p^^et-
7rdvra
i]
25 icTTLV, &)? eiTTOfiev
yap
fiev '^/ap
rj
roi
aTrayyeWovra
fievov, cocTTrep "Ofi7jpo<; iroiel,
^aXXovTo),
SieaTrjKev,
^ovkerat tmv vvv.
8e ySeA-Tiou? /jLLfxeladat
?;
en
Ill
iv rrj avrfj he 8iac})opa kul
Tt?]'
rrjv Kco/MOiSlav
7r/3o
16—37
1448 a
3-
25.
Pro Kal
&.
dd-qvaloi codd.
:
'
xal
35.
1460 b 38)
fort,
/xLixov/xevov^
:
aij,
^vioi
'Adrivaiovs
Adijvawi tuentur
— ARISTOTLE'S POETICS
4—111.
II.
13
3
Timotheus and Philoxenus differed in representing the
The same
Cyclopes.
Comedy Tragedy Ill
There
may
Tragedy from
men
as worse,
life.
a third difference
is still
each of these objects
off
at representing
than in actual
as better
marks
distinction
Comedy aims
for
;
—
manner
the
in
which
For the medium
be imitated.
being the same, and the objects the same, the poet imitate
— which Homer unchanged — may by narration
another personality as person,
does, or speak in his
or he
and moving before
as living
we
These, then, as
may
case he can either take
in
present
all
own
his characters
us.
said
at
the
beginning, are
the 2
three differences \vhich distinguish artistic imitation,
the medium, the objects, and the manner.
one point of view, Sophocles
kind
;
So that from
an imitator of the same higher
imitate
of view, of the
types
of
same kind
both imitate persons acting and
for
Hence, some
doing.
both
for
from another point
as Aristophanes
to
— —
Homer
as
character
is
say, the
name
of
'
drama
'
is
given 3
For the same
such poems, as representing action.
reason the Dorians claim the invention both of Tragedy
The claim
and Comedy. the Megarians, allege that
it
—
to
Comedy
is
put forward by
not only by those of Greece proper,
the Megarians of Sicily, for the poet Epicharmus,
much
earlier
country.
the
who by
originated under their democracy, but also
who
is
than Chionides and Magnes, belonged to that
Tragedy too
Peloponnese.
is
In
evidence of language. called K(o/xat,
claimed by certain Dorians of
each
case
by the Athenians
that Comedians were so
they appeal
Villages, they say, are Bijfioi
:
to
the
by them
and they assume
named not from
Kcofj,d^eiv,
'
to
U
aXka
')(6evTa
3— IV.
III.
Kara
rf]
Tov aaTew
lY 5
eoUacn
TLV6
avTol
fxev
hpav,
irepl
fiev
ovv
Se yevvrjcrat
Tol
dv6pco7rot
Ttav
aW(ov
crei?
iroielTai
eK
to re yap
Tralhcov
twv Siaipopwv 4
p-i/jieladai av/ji(f)VTOv 2
koI tovtm Siacpepovcrc
ecTTi,
^mcov otc ^LpbrjTiKMTaTov iaTC kul Ta<; fiadr]-
Sea
ra?
/jbtfJi^(T€co
koX to yaipeiv
irpoiTa'i,
arjixelov he
epycov a yap avTo,
T(t)V
e/c
Ad7)vaiov<; 8e
oXo)? rrjv "TrotTjTiKijv alrlaL Svo
/juev
Tot? imLi^jxacn 7rdvTa<;. 10 eVt
^
elprjaOco ravra.
/jLi/xi](Teoi<;
Koi avrai ^vaiKaL
TLve
23
ifkavrj dTCfu,a^o/xevov<;
K(ofia<;
iroueiv
TTpaTreiv irpoaa/yopeveiv.
Kal iToaaL koX
38—1448 b
1448 a
6.
tovtov to av/M/Salvov .3
\v'K7)pSi
tovtcov Ta<;\
elK6va
OripLwv re
twv dTC/moTdToov Kal
/xopcftd'i
Kal TovTov, OTi jxavOdvecv ov /xovov dXA,a 15
avTov.
Sid
ovTO^
t7]v
rj
eKelvo
'^poidv
elKOva'? 6po)VTe
firj Tii'^rj
rjhovrjv
TOv
dXkd
fiLfxeicrdac
Kai TOV pvOfjbov, Ta yap /xeTpa otc iaTC (J3av€p6v, ef
OTcb
tl 6Ka-
TrpoecopaKco'i,
Sid ttjv drrrep-
Kal
fxopia
dWrjv
aiTiav.
dp/xovia
Trj
tcov
pvd/juojv
Kal avTa fjbdXtaTa KaTa
dp'^fj'i Trec^u/core?
fiiKpbv 7rpodyovTe
1448 b
1.
Kal TO Tvoieiv
Arabs.
Arabs
5. :
tovto A"^
:
TjdovTjv
22.
Kal airra
.
Trpoaayopeveii'
.
:
18.
irpbs
:
13.
avTa Aid.
20.
Kal [tovtov] Spengel
,
5??
Bekker
Vahlen
coni. :
els
avTO, Kal
post yudXtcrra traiciendum esse coni. Susemihl.
oXcos
4.
tovtov apogr. :
om.
confirmat
:
Kal <:\6yos>
ovx V Hermann, iaru S, ut videtnr
om. Arabs. :
om. Arabs.
ai^rat A'^.
[kuI toijtov] Zeller
To^jTov Bonitz, rriv
.
avrai apogr.
' i
/Bpa'^v Koivcovovaiv'
Scd TOiavTijv Tivd
i)
6pto<; rjfxcv
(f)V(TLV Srj
inel idv
ttjv
7roci]creL
fji[fM7)/j,a
yacriav
20 KaTa
iirl
yap tovto '^aipovac ra?
(JTOV, olov OTi 97
TOi<; (f)iXocro(f)ot(; i]Si(TTOV
dXX,
oyu-otcu?,
dewpovvTa^ p,av6dveiv Kal crvWoyi^eadai
avji^aivei,
ou^
aXXoi<;
KOA, T0t<;
I
a'cTiov Se;4
veKpoiv.
:
(Beitr.)
oi'xt
codd.
5^
codd.
:
Gomperz
:
Kal
aiiTcc
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS HI.
15
6
but because they wandered from village to village
revel,'
{Kara
being excluded contemptuously from the
K(o/xa<;),
They add
144S b city.
is
3— IV.
This
may
for
'
doing
'
irpdrrecv.
suffice as to the
modes
various
Dorian Nvord
also that the
and the Athenian,
Spdv,
number and nature
of the 4
of imitation.
Poetry in general seems to have sprung from two
lA"
causes, each of
them lying deep
in our nature.
man from
instinct of imitation is implanted in
First, the 2
childhood,
one difference between him and other animals being that
he
the most imitative of living creatures
is
imitation he universal
have
learns
the pleasure
is
evidence
of
lessons
his earliest felt
and through
and no
facts
less
We
in things imitated.
the
in
this
;
;
3
experience.
of
we view with pain, we when reproduced with minute
Objects which in themselves delight
contemplate
to
such as the forms of the most ignoble animals
fidehty
:
and
dead bodies.
of
The cause
of this again
is,
that to 4
learn gives the liveliest pleasure, not only to philosophers
but
to
men
learning
is
in
general
more
;
limited.
enjoy seeing a likeness
is,
whose capacity, however, of
Thus the reason why men that in contemplating
find themselves learning or inferring, '
Ah, that
is
he.'
For
5
they
and saying perhaps,
you happen not
if
it
to
have seen
the original, the pleasure will be due not to the imitation as such, but to the execution, the colouring, or
some such
other cause. Imitation, then,
is
one instinct of our nature.
harmony
Xext, 6
'
and rhythm, metres
being manifestly sections of rhythm.
Persons, therefore,
there
is
the instinct for
'
starting with this natural gift developed
by degrees
their
16
IV.
^laafMarcov.
7
1448 b 24
II-
— 1449 ^
ra? T(yy tocovtcov,
7
Kara ra oiKela
SieaTrdcrdr} 8e
yap ae/xvorepoL ra? /caXa?
25 ol fiev
Tov
—
ijOrj
iroliqaL'i- 7
rj
i/xcfiovpro 7r/oa^ei /cai
ol Se evTeXecrrepot Ta<; rcov (pavXcov, irpSi-
wcnrep arepoc v/xvovi Kol ijKcofMLa.
\lr6jov
TOiV ixev ovv irpo 'Ofi'tjpov ovSevo'i €')(o^ev elirelv tolovtov 8
etKO? Se elvat 7roWou
TTOiTjfia,
30 earip, olov eKelvov 6 M.apytrT]'? kol ra TOiavra.
TO dpfxoTTOv
\etTai vvv, OTi iv
tm
tovtw Idfi^i^ov
i^erptp
iyevovTO tcov irdXaccov ol fxev
TiKa
1449
a
koL
oio-irep he
rai.
yap
35 ^v, fi6vo<;
ov'^
i'TToirjcyev,
ovTCt)<;
Kal
vTTeBeL^ev, ov -^oyov
irotrjcra'i
•
Kal
Ta9
rj
6
7r/3o?
ol
i(f>^
ol
he
fjuev
t?}?
rrjv
Troirjcriv
eiroiv
7rpb
6p/ji(0VTe
Kara
rrjv
TpaywhohthdaKoXoi hid to
el
erepot
'IXta9
Tpay(ph[a
T7]<;
TO fiev ovv iiTiaKO'irelv
:
e^ei, wairep
dvrl twv Id/m^cov KWfjbwhoTToiol iye-
dvrl rwv
Spengel
(X'yfjixaTa
to yeXoiov hpafxaro-
ra a'^^p.ara
drepoL
7rot7]Tr}'i"Ofji,r)po<;
KOiix(phia
dWd
fiel^ova Kal evn/xoTepa
27.
koI 9
dXX.i]\ov
Ta9 Tpay(phia
eKarepav
OLKelav (f>vcnv ol vovTo,
ra
'Trapa^aveicrri'i he
KO)ix(phla
kol
[pri] Koi fxt/Mtjaea Bpafia-
yap Map-ytT?;? dvdXoyov
^OBvaaeia
/x,(phia<;
5
on ev dW
irpwTO'i
oh
rjpcoiKcov ol Be Id/ji/Scov iroirj-
crTrovSata /xdXcara
to,
iv
koX la/x^elov Ka-
\la[ji,^elov\ rfkOe jxerpov, 8lo
codd.
dp"
e'^^et
30.
elvat
rjhrj
Kal
ravra eKelvwv. Tpayaihla rot? 11
rj
to
dp/j.6TTov
[la/j.^e'iov]
Kara A<=. 31. la/x^elov seclus. Stahr. Gomperz Kal Aid. 35. Alterum 6Vt seclus. Bonitz, quod confirm. Arabs. dpafxariKas A<=, 2 ^'^ el &pa dpafjLaTLKQs apogr. a 1449 7. ix^i apogr. nap^x^'^P' :
:
:
:
?X" Vahlen.
'•
1
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS IV. special aptitudes,
till
6— il
17
their rude improvisations gave birth
to Poetry.
now
Poetry the
character
noble
imitated
spirits
meaner
persons,
trivial
at
The graver
the writers.
of
and
actions,
The more
good men. of
diverged in two directions, according to 7
individual
the
of
actions
sort imitated the actions
composing
first
as
satires,
hymns to the gods and the praises of famous men. A poem of the satirical kind cannot 8 indeed be put down to any author earlier than Homer; the former did
many
though
cited,
—
his
own
example, and other similar compositions.
Margites, for
The appropriate metre was the measure
But
such writers probably there were.
from Homer onward, instances can be
is
measure, being that
also here introduced
the
called
still
in
;
hence
iambic or lampooning
which people lampooned
Thus the older poets were distinguished
another.
one as 9
writers of heroic or of lampooning verse.
As, in the serious style,
Homer
is
preeminent among
poets, standing alone not only in the excellence, but also
in the dramatic form of
liis
down
of
main
the
lines
imitations, so he too first laid
Comedy, by dramatising the
ludicrous instead of writing personal satire. 1449
a
bears the same relation to
Odyssey do to Tragedy.
came
to
their
natural bent:
light,
Comedy,
and
Tragedians,
form of
Comedy
since
Iliad
and
But when Tragedy and Comedy 10
the two classes of poets
the
His Margites
that the
still
followed
/
the lampooners became writers of
Epic
poets
were
the drama was a
succeeded
larger
by
and higher
art.
Whether Tragedy has
as
c
yet
perfected
its
proper
1
2
:
18
IV.
elBecTLv iKava)<;
II— 15-
Kol TTpo^ ra Oearpa, aWo
Twv i^ap'^ovTcov Tov
uTTo
yevo/jievT}
Xo
avToa'^ehiaariKri, koX avrrj koL
ap'^rj'i
a
Xlkcl
8—28
avro re Kad^ avro Kpiverat
ov,
?)
1449 a
Si,dvpa/x/3ov,
rj
rj
Kcoixwhta, koX
Se airo
rj
twv ra
air
1
fxev
(fioX-
ert kol vvv iv 7roXkai<; tu)V iroXeaiv Stafievei vo-
Kara
ixi^ofjieva,
/xtKpov
irpoa'yovrwv ocrov iylyvero
rjv^i'jdrj
ttoWo.? fiera^o\a<; fxera^aXovaa
(j)avepov avrr}
15 rpaytpSla iiravcraro, iirel ecr'^e rrjv avr)]
re roiv viroKpirwv rr\ri6o<; i^ €vo
X09
[val]
i)
< S' > ovv
Yj'ya'ye
eh Svo
rj
Kal to 13
tt/owto?
AtV^u-
Kal ra rov X^P^^ rfkarroicre Kal rov Xoyov
7rp(oraja)VL(Tri]V TrapecrKevacrev, rpet
Sia ro eK aarvpiKov jxerajBaXelv
^eco<;
yap irpwrov rerpafierpa> e^pf^vro hia ro
/J,ev
(xarvpiKrjv
Kal op^77crTt/c(WTe/c>ay elvac rrjv Troirjacv, \e^ea)<; 8e avrrj
rj
25 Kov roiv fMerpcov rb lafi/Selbv
yap
jevofMevr]';
ro oiKelov fxerpov evpe, fMoXicrra yap \eKri-
(J)V(tl<;
TrKelcrra
eariv ev
lafi/Beta Xeyofiev
he
a-tjfjbelov
StaXeKro)
rfj
8.
en
dpjxovia^.
^
KpLverai.
hammer
vai.
\
Kal A<=
Kplverai ^
:
9.
oSv Bekker.
S
\e|ets
<
:
r/
fort.
:
leg.
:
aXV
Kal ra Kpivai
Kpiverat
Kal
Forch-
elvai
>
yevo/jihTjs
:
odv A<=
:
rj
Kal.
(Mar-
yevo/ji^vr)
d'
Bekker: avrotrxeStacrrtK^s (pavXiKayel^avXa^. 12.
avToa-xeSLaa-riKri apogr.,
diafjL^veiv
X^^ts iK
Bursian
odf apogr.
-yevofiivr)
10.
apogr.:
Siafjihei
:
(pavWiKo. A'^
A°.
19.
X^^ews Christ.
:
X^^ews
:
Omissum
'orationes' Arabs,
i.e.
vocab. collato Arabe id
Margoliouth suspic. cuius vice Graeculi vfrjyopia usurpant. 27. eis XeKTi/crjy apfiovlav Wecklein (cf. Terpafierpa Winstanley.
e^d/j.€Tpa
Rbet.
iii.
arifieiov ttXtj^i?
fiXXa
/cat
7rpo9
t?}? Xe/c-
avrd} re /car' avrb ehai KpeirTov ^ irpbs Odrepa
11. 0a\Xt/cd apogr.
A°.
esse
Kpiverai dvai Kal apogr.
:
[yal.'\
Habuit S, ut videtur, goliouth).
he eTTeKTohicov rrXtjOrj.
rovrov rfj
aX\^\ov<;, e^djbberpa Se 6\LydKt
arre-
o^\re
ro re fjuerpov eK rerpafxerpov lapLJBelov ejevero'
(jeiivvvdrj.
ro
Se rb fMeyedo'i ck fJUKpcov fjivOcov Kal \e- 14
ert
'Zo(f)OK\i]
20
:
8.
—28
codicum lect. tutatur Arabs. Hunc locum 25 suadente Usener seclus. Susemihl. 28. Post Gomperz. del. aXXwj A<= &\\a ws apogr.
1408 b 32)
:
apfxovias
punctum
oh Hermann.
:
15
ii— 14
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS IV. and whether
types or not
;
in
also
relation
Be
question.
—was
that as
be judged in
to
it is
audience,
the
to
—
or
raises
another
—
as also
Comedy
may, Tragedy
it
itself,
this
The one
mere improvisation.
at first
19
12
originated
with the leaders of the dithyramb, the other with those
which are
of the phallic songs,
our
in use in
still
new element
form, and there
Aeschylus
it
first
of
each
found
its
natural
introduced a second actor; he dimin- 13
Chorus, and assigned the
Sophocles raised the number
leading part to the dialogue. of actors to three,
it
stopped,
ished the importance of the
late
;
that showed itself was in turn developed.
Having passed through many changes,
till
many
Tragedy advanced by slow degrees
cities.
and added scene-painting.
that the short
plot
was discarded
It
was not 14 one of
for
greater compass, and the grotesque diction of the earlier
form
satyric
for the
stately
manner
iambic measure then replaced the
of Tragedy.
trochaic
The
tetrameter,
which was originally employed when the poetry was of the satyric order, and had greater affinities with dancing.
Once dialogue had come
the most colloquial
in,
Nature herself discovered the
For the iambic
appropriate measure.
we
:
see
is,
in the
it
versational speech runs into iambic form
than into any other kind of verse
;
of all measures, fact
that
rarely into hexameters,
and only when we drop the colloquial intonation.
number other
of
'
episodes
'
embellishments
or acts
added,
was of
con-
more frequently
also increased,
which
The
and the
tradition
tells.
20
IV. 15
CKaara
ft)?
1449 ^ 29
— 1449
Xeyerai
earco
epjov
to-o)?
KcofimSla
Se
1^
Xorepcov
4-
Kocrfir]6r]vat
30 TToXv 'yap av
V
— V.
/xev,
wcnrep
icrrlv
eLirojxev
<pav-
fiifirjcnf;
ov fievroi Kara iraaav KaKtav,
alcT'^pov iarc to
elprjjxeva'
rjfMLV
KaO^ eKaa-rov.
Bie^ievat
eir}
b 11
aXXa tov
to yap yeXolov iaTtv
afidpTTj/xd Tt Kal al(T'^o
35 €v6v<; TO yeXotou irpoa-wirov ala'^pov Tt Kal SteaTpafi/xevov
dvev
1449 b
al
6Svvr)<;.
fjuev
wv iyevovTO ov
St'
(TirovBdi^eaOai i^ o-x^re
ovv
Tpay(pSla
Trj
XeX-qdaaiv,
dp'^fj
tj
Be Kco/xcpSia Bed to
ekaOev Kal yap
TTore 6 dp'^^cov eBcoKev,
dW'
firj
')(ppov KcofjiaiBwv
edeXovTol
rjcrav.
Be
7]8r]
a'^7]fMaTd Ttva avTrj<; e'^oucr?/? ol Xeyofxevoi avTr)
7j
Be irpocrunra direBwKev
Ti<;
fjuvdovi TTOielv ['E7rt^ap/i09 €/c
ScKeXla'i rfkOe,
d
t7]<;
fiv6ov<;.
r]
tmv
irpoXoyov^ 3
fxev
T(f
Kal
to
^6p/jLL<;]
fxev
to Be
ef
dp')(fj<;
Be 'AOijvtjctiv K.pdTrj
lafiBifC7]
KaOokov
lBea<;
ovv eiroiroua
10 fieTa fieTpov [/leydXov]
6r]aev
rj
vwoKpiTOiv Kal oaa TOiavTa, rjyvorjTat.
irXrjdrj
tj}
iroielv \6yov
TpayutBia
/^ep^/Oi fJ^ev
Kal
tov 4
elvac arirovBaioiv rjKoXov-
fiifiTjcrif;
Be to jJueTpov dirkovv e-^eiv Kal dirayyeXiav
dW
/xh odv roirtav roaavTa add. Aid. ante Iffrw. 32. dXXd < Kara rb yeXoiov, > tov < 5' > al^xpov 5 ToO alffxpov Friedreicli Christ sed tantum res ridicula est de genera foedi quae est portio 29. irepl
:
:
'
etridicula' Arabs aiffxpoO lect.
6
fibpibv
(Margoliouth), ioTt.
Kal
conflatum esse censet Susemihl
TOV aiffxpov, (2) dXXd tov alcrxpov ol \ey6fievoi
oXiyoi p-h
:
TTpoXbyovs A'^
:
#6p/its seclus.
ol
:
[j.6vov
dXXd /xdpiov {cm Kal Tb yeXolov.
\6yovs
yap
ecm tov quod ex duabus fj.6vov Tb yeXoUv ian rb yeXoiop
(Susemihl),
(1)
fj.6pi,6v
< iKeWev
:
S
Castelvetro
irpbXoyov Christ
Susemihl
dXXd
i.e.
ye\o?ov
Tb
:
1449 b
6X^701 p-kv [ot] Usener.
Hermann.
TJcrTT]v
>
'E-n-LxO'pt^os
3. 4.
''Ewlxo-pp-os Kal
6.
Kal
^6p/ji.is
post
^X^e Bywater, collato Themistio, Or. xxvii. p. 337 A, recte, ut opinor. 9. M^XP' pbvov piTpov p.ey6.\ov codd. pixpi- f^^" '''o^ juerd p-erpov Thurot (of. :
Arab. ) /jL^v
:
yuexpt
p^v tov
p-^Tpt^
TOV M^Tpij} Tyrwhitt
Ueberweg.
10.
:
< iv
m^XP'
> /xeydXiji coni. Susemihl /x^x/" < tov Sm Xbyov ep. > p.4Tpov p.eydXov
prjKei.
P^bi'ov
Pro p.eydXov codd.,
:
p.eTd
Xbyov Aid.
et,
ut videtur, 2.
15— V.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS IV. These we need not here discuss
;
21
4
them
enter into
to
in 15
detail would, doubtless, be a large undertaking.
V
Comedy
is,
we have
as
of a lower type,
—
said,
an imitation of characters
not, however, in the full sense of the
word bad, the Ludicrous being merely a subdivision of the ugly. is
not
some defect
It consists in
painful
or
destructive.
example, the comic mask
is
or ugliness
To
take
an
which
obvious
ugly and distorted, but does
not imply pain.
The
successive changes through which Tragedy passed, 2
and the authors of these changes, are well known, whereas
Comedy has had no 1449 b
history, because it
was not
treated seriously.
a comic chorus to a poet
;
the performers were
voluntary.
Comedy had
when comic
poets, distinctively so called,
Who
of actors,
main unknown. Sicily
;
themes and
his
or
are heard
'
—
these and other similar details re-
As
for the plot, it
came
iambic
'
or
is
who,
first
plots.
far as it is
imitation in verse of characters of a higher type.
and
from
originally
lampooning form, generalised
Epic poetry agrees with Tragedy in so
differ, in
of.
the 3
increased
but of Athenian writers Crates was the
abandoning the
then
till
already taken definite shape
introduced masks, or prologues,
number
at first
It was late before the Archon granted
an 4
They
that Epic poetry admits but one kind of metre, narrative
in
form.
They
differ,
again, in
the
:
22
4— VI.
V.
hia^epovcnv
elvat, TavTT)
12—35
1449 b
4.
'in he
tm
<e7re\>
jxi^KeL,
-q
fiev
irepiohov rfkiov elvat
OTC fMoktcrra 'Treipdrat
viro fjiiav
fiLKpov i^aXkaTTeiv,
he e'TTOTToUa a6ptcrT0<; tcS j^^povw,
15 Koi
r]
Kairoi to irpwrov
TOVTO) hia(f>epef
rovro eTroiovv koI ev
Tpaya>hiai<;
ra
ecrrl
ravrd,
jiev
KOI
olhe
jap
fiev
a
rpajwhla,
Ty
20 virdp'^et
a
he
avrfj,
5
<^av\r]
eiroTroda
iravra
ov
S'
hionrep
koi
airovhala'^
olhe
eiroiv
irepl
fjiepv
chta t^? Tpa'ywhia^;.
he
rpaywhia^
irepX
6crTL<;
to,
ral^
ev
6fMoioo<;
enreaLv.
rol
rj
ep^et,
ev
rfj
eTroTToua.
VI
ovv
irepl
ev
TYjq
varepov
Kcofiwhla^i
ava\a^6vre
\
dTrayyeXla'i,
Trpd^eco^ ctttou- 2
^yxp
"^ocovTcov TraOijfidTcov
TrdXiv €Tepa hid fjueXovi.
'^^1'
TaL T7]v
fil/jLTjcnv,
Tpaywhiaf; 6
^
12.
^\
.^^'^16.
^ '
^
il\
"^
v|^ Vj
Vw ""^^--^
20.
,
^
i4l*<''<;
ij
fjL^v
iireaiv avTrjL
et
var.
aiiTT]
apogr.
diro\a^6vT€s codd. irad7)ixa.TU3v
Mtro"
i^ avdyKiq'^ dv
ttjv
"Vettori
:
/cat
lect. :
S
aCri;
to he
,
habuit iam
(Diels),
<:^trel> 15.
/xeXos
seclus.
'in
:
tl fjboptov
:
i]
Gomperz
fxh
Arabs.
epesi'
a.vaKa^bvT€% Bernays
eKaarov codd. 31.
ju-bvov
:
:
29.
30.
fxadri/j.dTwv A<=.
Tyrwhitt.
\e^i<;,
dtacpepovaiv Christ.
omnibus
24.
TjTwliitt
S
etrj
\eya) he Xe^cv
/xlfirjcnv.
Reiz.
27. eKaffTtp
corr. apogr.
('partes' Arabs).
/jLeX.o
euTa ixeXonrqua Kal
:
airaai. :
twv
eVel he 7rpdTT0VTe<; ttolovv- 4
fiev
T779 6'^eco
coni.
A°
]:.
Xeyoi he rjhvafxevov jxev 3
Hermann, coufirmat Arabs. Vahlen 7/ /j-ev yap apogr.
di.a
<-^>
trpwTov
yap TroiovvTat
35 iv TOVTOt
''"^
irepaivovcra ti]v
(po/Sov
KdOapaiv.
')(^a)pl
Kal ov St!
to hta jxeTpaiv evta fxovov irepaiveaOai,
^&)/3t9 rot? etheao
\^^iw
hpoovrcov
fiopi,oi
eXeov Kal
he
Trepl
rbv ytvofievov opov
/xifJbrjaL'i
^o Xoyov Tov e-^ovra pvd/xov Kal dpfioviav Kal
'{"
V
elprjfxevcov
eicdcnw tcov elhojv ev roU
£X ^>-
-- ">
roiv
hala<; Kal reXe/a? fieye6o<; e^ovarj<;, rjhvcrfievo)
,,.
%^
e'/c
Kal
/xifiijrtK'P]';
he rpajcphla'^ Xeyco/J^ev
irepi
eariv ovv rpajwhla
ov(Tla<;.
T7]<;
e^afieTpoL
epovfjbev,
/neXos
fjLopia,
:
S
'Si
'"y
'''-
';
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS V. length of the action possible,
for
:
4— YI.
23
4
Tragedy endeavours, as
far as
-^
confine itself to a single revolution of the
to
sun, or but slightly to exceed this limit
Epic action has no limits of time. second point of difference
This,
though at
;
then,
is
a
,
A
their constituent parts
some peculiar
what
:
common
therefore,
for all the
knows
its
^
serious, complete,
is
and
discuss
formal definition, as resulting from
what has been already Tragedy, then,
verse,
now
Let us
will speak hereafter.
Tragedy, resuming
^^^
r"
i
^
'
^
'^
Of the poetry which imitates in hexameter
Comedy, we
"^
^^'^
elements of an Epic poem are found
found in the Epic poem.
of
j 3
r*
^
in Tragedy, but the elements of a Tragedy are not all
VI
^
j4
-^
^
to both, 5
good or bad Tragedy, knows also about Epic
is
poetry
are
Whoever,
Tragedy.
to
some
> <=«^
*si
freedom was admitted in Tragedy as in Epic poetry.
Of
""^
-
y
a
same
the
first
^
cT'^^'v^
whereas the
;
^
i
4
j
"5
jSs,
,
v
•««*>
'
-
^ ^
H5
said.
an imitation of an action that
and of a certain magnitude
embellished with each
kind
of
artistic
is 2
"Vs^^v
in language
;
>^^3--
ornament, the
several kinds being found in separate parts of the play
form of
in the
action, not of narrative
through pity and
;
By
fear effecting the proper purgation of these emotions.
'language
embellished,'
I
mean language
rhythm, harmony,' and song '
in separate parts,' I mean, that
through the
medium
By
enter.
'
into
<
3
which
the several kinds
some parts
.
.
of verse alone, others again with
1
as
tragic
imitation implies
persons
acting,
it 4
> o
necessarily follows, in the first place, that Scenic equip-
ment for
will be a part of Tragedy.
these are the
to^ -U^
i.^^
<^
•'
the aid of song.
Now
^
^
are rendered
medium
,iXr.
^
of
Next, Song and Diction, imitation.
^ io-,.v^
By
'
-
_
-
^
Diction
iPCfc:;^
xLv.^AA^.^^
:
24
—
VI. 4
rwv
avTTjv Trjv
/iev
ttowik; 1450 a
{Bta
Kara re to
elvat
rLva
koI
TovTcov
Kal
T}
tmv
Bvo
Trai/re?), ecTTiv
B idvoia v
(^afxev
Troid'i
wpd^ecov
elvat,
rvy^dvovai
Kal tt}?
Br]
5
avdyKij
01)9
Tr)v
elval
o
e'crTt
irpd^ewi 6
fxev
\ejco yap fivdov rovrov rr]v crvvOeaiv
fii/jiijcri^'
roiv TTpay/jbdroyv,
koX
^6p<;
Trpd^ei,^
Kara Tavrat
kui
7J9o
Kal aTTOTvy^dvovai fxv0o
Ta
alrlwi
Be
7re(f)VK€v
Bidvoiav
5
eVet Be Trpa^ew?
e'^eL Trdacv.
TTpaTTerac Be vtto tlvmv irparrovTcov,
Tiva<;,
16
crvvOeaiv, /xeXoTToiiav Be
fierpoov
TTjv BvvafMCV (})avepav filfi7]ai
— 1450 a
1449 ^ 36
9-
Be
tcl
r^Or],
KaO' o ttolov^ riva
^afiev T0V9 irpdrrovra^i, Bidvoiav Be, ev oaoi
ovv
10 eariv
r]
Kal diroc^aivovTai
ravra
rpaycoBla'
r)
Kal
Xe^i<;
yap
ri
rpaya)Bia<; fiepr]
irdarj
Bidvoia
/xifiovvTai,
Kal
Bvo
elvai
B
oi/^i?
ovv
6i
Kal Bidvoiav
36. fihpwv: ^vo/xdrwv
codd.
irdcrav
40.
aMas
Christ
:
to Oro
apogr.
ws
codd.
Trdi'Tws (?
=
:
:
:
add.
S
a
Kal yap
eiBecriv
Kal Kara
.
,
4.
37.
yap tovtuv
ire
8e
< iLwavrei >
Eucken
5??
u>s
:
diretv
ws
:
Trao-t;' .
.
rwv
Maggi
navTes in
ivicpvKev
an post
K'^.
iroidi
5^ codd.
:
5.
6.
KaObk'^: Kad' A
14.
ovk 6\iyoL airCiv
By water
ovk oKlyoi
:
ovk oXiyoL avrCov om.
Margoliouth).
(vid.
.
apogr.
Travres nescio
.
Kad' & Trotd apogr.
gloss. OVK dXlyot avrQv, scrips!
/xei''
ev,
Tovroi
16.
8ia 2.
iravTes> ws eiweiv Bursian
iravTes)
roc
seclus. Christ (of. Arab.).
A^
oh
p,e\o<;
3.
oKlyov avrOiv
Kal
f)
1450 a
KadoTTola
9.
elireiv
avrOiv
Maggi
tjOt]
p,eyiarov Be rovrcov ecrriv
TLvas transponere praestet (Christ).
rovTov
Ti
Kal
ravra ovBev.
Sta 5^ Zeller.
atVta codd.
:
iroid
Be fxifiovvrai,
o)?
Hermann, coUato 1450 b
parenthesi Thurot.
a
Kal fivOov Kal Xe^iv Kal
rjdo'i
a)(ravra>
fiv9o
Ke'^prjvrai
eiirelv
Kal
Kad
Kal fxeXoTroda.
ecrriv,
fMeprj
Be fiifiovvrai, rpia, Kal irapa
15 oi^et? ep^et Trdv
earl
dvdjKr} 7
yvcofjurjv.
e^,
"2,
sed
Deleto igitur tanquam
eiire'iu:
Rhet.
cf.
i.
1.
1354 a
o'udii' wj elTreip A° in marg., ubi 6\lyov glossema esse veram lect. ovdiu dij eiire7v. Viam monstravit Diels, qui tamen irdvres quoque omisso, tovtois fikv o^v ojs elireiv scripsit ovk oKiyoi. avrQv < iv Trdffi Trdvres > Gomperz ovk dXlyoi avruv < dXXa wavrei ivaai > Zeller: <.vdvT€^ iv Trdffiv aiT^s> Susemihl. 15. ttSj' iure suspexeris.
12,
dXlyov codd.,
suspicor,
:
dW
:
9
:
4—9
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS VI. I
mean
as for
arrangement of the words
the mere metrical
Song/
'
25
a term whose sense every one under-
it is
stands.
Again, Tragedy
is
the imitation of an action
personal agents,
action implies
who
It is these that determine the qualities
selves
these
;
natural
— thought
actions
and thought.
—
spring
is
the imitation of the action
:
—
mean
the arrangement of the incidents.
mean
that in virtue of
to the agents. is
proved,
or,
may
is
By
determine
a
quality
its
general truth
— namely. Two
Diction, Thought, Scenery, Song. stitute the
medium
And
man
;
qualities
enunciated. parts,
Plot,
which
7
Character,
of the parts con-
and three
these complete the
These elements have been employed, the poets to a
Character I
of imitation, one the manner,
the objects of imitation.
6
I here
required wherever a statement
be,
Every Tragedy, therefore, must have six parts
these
Hence, the
which we ascribe certain
Thought it
on
:
by plot
for
two
the
are
causes, again, all success or failure depends.
Plot
them-
of actions
and character
from which
causes
5
necessarily possess
certain distinctive qualities both of character 1450 a
and an
;
we may
say,
list.
by
8
in fact, every play contains Scenic
accessories as well as Character, Plot, Diction, Song,
and
Thought.
But most important
of
all
is
the structure of the 9
26
VI. 9
—
o-vaTacn-i'
7rpav
ovK avdpcoTTcov
dWa
145° ^ ^7
14-
Tpa
'yap
i)
he /3lo<;> ev
irpd^et iarlv kol to TeXo
2o
Kara
Se
elcrlv
7rpd^ei<;
ev8aifxove<;
TeA,09
dvev
25 eTi he
'r)d(av
6ev
6
Twv
dv.
al
elcrlv
Kal
prjaei'i
ov
7roi7]a€t
fMaWov e')(ovcra
3S he
rj
b
he
fivdov
eTi
ecrTLV,
aX
re
OTi
Kal
aWa
a/5%r/ fiev
Toh
('
sed in
l]
Guelf.
:
:
(TviJLivapa\afjL§dvov(Xi.
diavoias codd.
da/xQi Margoliouth.
31.
Spengel
:
uKpi^ovv
}xvdo
"v/^vx^
irpd^et.
Et 5^ |3^os> ita /cat
ii>
codd., est in
Trpd^ei,
supplet Vahlen, i]
KaKoSaifiovla.
(rvfiirapaXafi^dvova-L
(ni/j,w{pi\afj.pdvov(Xiv
A<=. :
:
:
13
dva-
Vahlen habuit iam S Xefets fort, apogr. oii add. necxuaquam Arabs awlaraadai codd. 39. (rvvLardvai Thurot
X^fet Kal Siaj/o^i?
32.
7rpo
Kal
rjOecnv
operibus et vita.
Trpdrrovras iroiovcnv coni. Vahlen.
dyadQv A\d.
ttoXv
Tpajmhia,
rj
KaKoSai/movla if
;
22. wpdTTovinv
12
Tpayayhia,
ol irpwTOi irotrjTav
unde Margoliouth dXXd Trpd^ews Kal piov, <:6 quod probant Diels, Zeller, Susemihl. Codicum lect. Kal eiiSaifiovlas
opere')
he
iiy^eipovvTe^ iroielv 14
ovv koI olov
irpd^ecoi Kal ^iov Kal evSai/xovlas Kal
sed alio spectat Arabs
dWd
irepiireTeiat 01
Kal
\e^ei
rj
i(f>e^'i]
TrpayfiaTcov.
Td irpdypbaTa crvviardvai, olov Kal
40 a')(ehov diravTe^. 18.
ttj
Tt9
ireTTOLrjfieva'i,
epjov,
ylrv^aycoyei
crrjpielov
TrpoTepov hvvavTai rj
oh
fieytara
p^epT]
yv(opiaeL<;.
edv
Ke'^prj/JuevT]
(Tvaracnv
Kal
fivOov
rd
T0VT0t
Tov
Tpaywhla';
Trjt
rjv
ireirov-
riOoypdc})o<;,
eVt
yjOa.
KaTaheeaTepoif TOVTOif
tocovtol,
UoXvyvcoTov
Kal Xe^et Kal hiavola ev
rj6tKd
07}
TrXelcTTcov
ttoWoI
6\o)<; TrocTjTol
e^et
twv
vecov
llo\vyva)TO
30 Zev^Lho<; ypacprj ovhev
Tpaywhia, dvev 11
tmv
/jiv6o<;
drravTcov.
fxejiaTOV
TeA-o?
ijOrj
crvfiTrapaXafi^a-
r^drj
fypa<^e(ov Zev^L<; Trpo?
ydp
fxev
rd
Trpd^eax; ovk dv
fxev
^yevoLT
olov Kal
he
rd^ 10
he
ovkovv oirw^ ra
coare rd Trpdy/j^aTa Kal 6
rpajwhiaii, to
Tpafywhiai
dr]6eL<;
dWd
'iroiorr]'^-
Kara
Tive
rovvavriov.
r)
Td<; 7rpd^et
tt)?
irotol
rjdr]
Trpdrrovcriv,
fjbt/xijawvrac
vovatv Bid
rd
[xev
icrriv
/At/i-r/o-t?
^iov <6
Kol
Trpd^eco';
— 4°
'
'
:
:
29.
Kal ov-
;
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS VI. 9—14 For Tragedy
incidents.
of an action and of its
end
mode
a
is
is
life,
of
an imitation, not of men, but
and
life
action,
consists in action,
not
a
happy
:
is
the chief thing of
without action there cannot be a tragedy
The
without character. poets
fail in
general this
and here
lies
often true.
It is
devoid
Again, 11
all.
there
may
be
;
and of poets in
the same in painting
the difference between Zeuxis and Polygnotus.
Polygnotus delineates character well is
;
most of our modern
tragedies of
the rendering of character is
Dramatic
incidents and the plot are the end of
and the end
;
by their
is
or the reverse.
character comes in as subsidiary to the
Hence the
action.
a tragedy
10
with a view to the representation
action, therefore, is not
of character
it
and
Now
quality.
character determines men's qualities, but actions that they are
27
of
ethical
:
the style of Zeuxis
Again,
quality.
if
you
string 12
together a set of speeches expressive of character, and
well finished in point of diction and thought, you will
not produce the essential tragic effect nearly so well as
with a play which, however deficient in these respects, yet has
a plot
and
artistically
constructed
incidents.
Besides which, the most powerful elements of emotional 13 interest in
Tragedy
— —
Eecognition scenes proof
is,
The
are parts of the plot.
A
further 14
that novices in the art attain to finish of diction
and precision plot.
Eeversal or Eecoil of the Action, and
of portraiture before they can construct the
It is the
same with almost
Plot, then, is
the
first
all
the early poets.
principle, and, as
it
were,
):
28
VI. 15
Koi eVl
icTTLV
KaWlaToa
145° ^ 41
19-
Sevrepov 8e ra
Tpa
T?}? 1450 b
—
T?}9 jpa(})iK7]
'^vhr^v,
(f)app,dKOt<;
KoX \6VK0jpa(pr]aa'i elKova.
21
yap
re? ivakelyjreie rol'i
ovk av
TovTO 8e
Sidvoia.
icTTtv to
epyov eariv
pr)ToptKrj<;
Xoywv
oU OVK ecm
iv
o Tt [7rpo]aip€CTac
SrjXov
cfjevyet
rj
049 d'jroBeLKVVovcrl ri &)9
Tt
Be,
6vo/xaaLa
[Trei're]
iv
rj
01)9
eariv
kpjjbrjveLav,
7ro\cTiKrj<;
Trapair'Kriaiov
ra
.
a)<;
.
3.
ovk
.
eMva
roiv
ydo<;
oXco? ecrrcv
firjS'
Bcdvoca ecrrtv
iv
Be,
KadoXov
rj
77
\e^t9' 18
Bid
koi eVt twv ififieTpcov
koI
elvac
twv
Bvva^uv.
dre'^vorarov
fiev,
1450 b
vetro.
ecrnv Se 17
Trjv
ttjv avTrjv
'i'^^ei
iroLriTLKr)<;-
oh
Xeycov.
rjBvcr/jbdTOJV,
Be
Be Xocttcov 19 rj
koI rjKtcrTa
ydp t^9 TpaywBia^
dvev dycovo^ kol viroKptToyv eariv, 41.
t?}?
dpj(aloL irokc-
e')(0V(Tiv
6
fMeXoiroda fiiyLarov tcov
rj
ylrv^aycoycKov
T^
rj
ovk
irpoTepov etpr^rai, Xe^iv
cocrTrep
eVl Tcov Xoyoov
20
yap
fiev
TerapTov Be to)V Xeyo/xivcov
diro^aivovTaL.
Xeya T7]<;
ol
SiOTrep
^evyei,'
rj
rj
Xeyeiv BvvacrOai, rd ivovra 16
TO TOLOVTOV o BijXot TTjv TTpoaipeacv oirold
i^ev
10 {irpo^atpelrat
15
rplrov Se
eTTolovv Xeyovra^, ol Se vvv prjropLKOi^;.
TLK(o<;
^^09
7rpd^eQ)<;
fJLifJbrjaa
Kol rd dpfMorrovra, oirep eTrl^Twiv^ \6v KOL
evcppdvecev
6nola>
eariv re
KoX hid ravT7]v /judXicrra tmv TrparTovrcov. 5
jdp 15
irapairX'^a-iov
7]6rj.
ei
•
— 145° b
en
Be
o-v/ri9
olKelov
koi
Bvva/j,i<;
Be Kvptcorepa Trepl
supra coUocavit post Trpayfj-aTuv v. 34 Ca'stel6. ewl tuv \6yuv seel. yap Hermann.
re codd.
:
oh ovk icjTi drjXov ^ irpoaipelrai ^ (pevyei' oh fj-rjd' 6'\ws ^(ttlv 6 rts {6 rt apogr. Lectionem in textu receptam dedit vpoaipdraL t) (pevyei 6 Deerant in S ip oh ovk ^
M. Schmidt. didnep ovk
9.
owoTd
Xiy^f X^yuv A<=.
^v
^x"*^"'"' '^^os t'^''
.
rj
rts iu
(pevyei et iv
oh
fi-qd'
.
.
.
6'\ws ^ariv
.
.
.
^
(peiyeL var. lect. esse.
12.
.
.
S ti
tQv fih \bywv codd. 14. tQv Xeyo/xivuv Gomperz 6 tis A<=. 18. irivre A<= quod aut corrigendum aut delendum esse censeo. SXws 20. tcruis Meiser om. iam S Trifiirrov apogr. seclus. Spengel Gomperz ws A<= ij apogr.
apogr.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
5
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS VI. 14—19 the soul of a tragedy 1450 b
A
similar fact
colours, laid
is
29
Character holds the second place,
:
The most beautiful
seen in painting.
1
on confusedly, will not give as much pleasure
Thus Tragedy
as the chalk outline of a portrait.
the
is
imitation of an action, and of the agents, mainly with a
view to the
action.
Third in order saying what
is
Thought,
possible
is
—
that
In the case of oratory, this
stances.
is
the political art and of the art of rhetoric
make
the older poets of civic life
the faculty of 16
is,
and pertinent in given circumthe function of :
and
so indeed
their characters speak the language
the poets of our time, the language of the
;
Character
rhetoricians.
purpose, showing
is
what kind
which
that
of things a
avoids.
Speeches, therefore, which
manifest,
or in
reveals
man
moral 17
chooses or
make
do not
this
which the speaker does not choose or
avoid anything whatever, are not expressive of character.
Thought, on the other hand,
proved
to
be
or
not
to
is
be,
found where something general
a
or
maxim
is
v
is
enunciated.
Fourth Diction
;
among
by which
the I
enumerated
elements
mean, as has been already
expression of our meaning in words
;
and
its
comes 18 said, the
essence
is
the same both in verse and prose.
Of the remaining elements Song holds the
among
chief place 19
the embellishments.
Scenery has, indeed, an emotional attraction of
own, but, of aU the
parts, it
is
the least
connected least with the art of poetry. of Tragedy,
we may be
representation
and
sure,
actors.
is
felt
Besides,
artistic,
its
and
For the power even apart from
the production
of
30
VI. 19
—VII. tmv
rrjv aTrepyaa-Lav
1450 b 22—1451 a 4
5.
o-sjrecov
rj
tov a-Kevoiroiov rexv] t^?
T(OV TTOirjTMV icTTLV.
VII
Set
crvaraaLV
rrjv
elvai
tcov
TOVTO Kol TTpMTOv Kol fjLeyKTTOv Kelrai
hrj
30 jjieaov Kol TeXevTrjV.
elvai
35
dWo
fjber
yiveaOaL,
rj
dXXo
7re(f)VKev
/lerd
Be
ev
dWo
eVf^^e reXevrdv,
en
8'
40
'^X^iv
dWd
KaXov ev av
ov
fo)9
o
avTO rrb
fier
ttoXv,
avve(n5)Ta
tov<;
Tal'i
/Ji7]6'
^Sov Kal dvav
TavTa
fxovov
jxr]
to
^mov,
avy')(elTai
oirov iBeai
elprj/jievaif;
Trpdy/jia
TeTayyukva
tv^ov
Kal rd^ei eanv, Bio ovTe
KaXov
i^
'7re(}>VKev
eVt
ap'^^eaOai
Kal fieyeOo'i virdp'^eiv
fieyeOei
yevoiTO
Ti
dXkd Ke^prjaOai
TivSiv
e'/c
dpa
Bel
erv^^ev
KaXov Kal
to
eirel
avveaT7]Kev
rj
/xr]
[juev
/xeaov Be o Kal avro fier
ovBev,
oiroQev
fx-qO'
dp'^rjv koX 3
erepov
rovvavrlov
e| dvdjKTj'i
?)
eKeivo erepov.
[ler
fxv6ov<;
Be
reXevrr]
S'
okov Kai
avro
Se icrriv o
dp'^rj
iaTiv, /xer' eKclvo
elvai
rovro
dXKo Kal
ecTTiv
o\ov he eartv to e'^ov
eyov fieyeOof.
dvdyK7]
icmv.
rpay(phia
Trj<;
rt fieyeOo';'
i'^ovar]';
elvai fiifX7]cnv fxrjhev
ttoluv
eVetS^
Trpayfj.drcov,
rpayaySiav re\€La<; koI 0X77? 7rpd^€a)<; 2
rrjv
t)fjbiv
ravra
tovtcov, Xeycofxev fjuera
Se
BicopLCTfiivcov
25 TLva
o 4
Bel
to yap
TrdjijJiiKpov
yap
Oeoopia
rj
eyyv
ov yap
afjia
17
OecopCa ylverai
TO ev Kal TO okov eK e'irj
^<pov'
Tcbv ^(f>wv 27.
5tj
Pazzi.
Bel KaOdrrep
eirl
€')(eiv
fxev ixeyedo
tovto Be evavvoivTov elvai,
:
41.
Arabs.
Laurentianus
ot-^eTai toI'^ decopovai
ware
Bywater
Laurentianus
aW'
T779 deoopta'i, olov el fxvpicov CTTaBlcov
Ix.
Trdv
5'
A^.
30.
Trdv ixLKpbv
16.
/^^yeOos
Ix. 16.
A^
:
/xt;
^^
tcov acofxdrtov Kal eirl 5
dvd7K?7S codd.
Trdfi/xiKpov
A^
:
ira/j./j.iyedes
1451 a
3.
:
:
avffTTjiJLdTuv
/at]
irdvv /MKpbv
:
Bonitz, Spengel
Riccardianus 16
awiidroiv
dvdyKrjs
ii,
Riccardianus 16
43. xp^j'ou seclus.
:
:
tutatur
trdpv jxiya
Bywater.
;
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS VI. 19
— VII.
more on the
spectacular effects depends
31
5
art of the stage
machinist than on that of the poet.
VII
These principles being established,
us
let
now
the proper structure of the Plot, since this
discuss
the
is
first
and most important part of Tragedy.
Now, according
to
our
of a certain magnitude; is
for there
A
may
whole
follow anything
end, on the contrary,
follows
something
as
some
it.
is
or
is
that
necessity,
comes
to be.
that which itself naturally
is
some other thing, either by
has nothing following
2
that which has 3
beginning
by causal
but after which something naturally
An
an
be a whole that
is
A
a beginning, a middle, and an end. itself
is
complete, and whole, and
is
wanting in magnitude.
which does not
Tragedy
definition,
imitation of an action that
A
necessity, or as a rule, but
middle
other
thing
that which follows
is
follows
A
it.
well
constructed plot, therefore, must neither begin nor end at haphazard, but conform to these principles.
Again, a beautiful object, whether
it
be a picture of 4
a living organism or any whole composed of parts, must
not only have an orderly arrangement of parts, but must also be of a certain
magnitude
and
magnitude
order.
;
for
beauty depends on
Hence an exceedingly small
picture cannot be beautiful
;
for the
view of
it
is
con-
fused, the object being seen in an almost imperceptible
1451 a
moment
of time.
beautiful
;
Nor, again, can one of vast size be
for as the
eye cannot take
the unity and sense of the whole as for instance long.
if
it
all
is lost for
in at once,
the spectator
there were a picture a thousand miles
As, therefore, in the case of animate bodies and 5
pictures a certain magnitude
is
necessary,
and a magni-
32 5
5— VIII.
VII.
Kol
ovTco
Twv
eVt
fivdoiv
Tov<}
€'^€LV
fiev
rod ^rjKOV
evfMvrjfMovevTOV elvat.
5—27
145 1 a
3.
dycova'i koX rrjv atadr](Tiv ov
tovto
/jL7]K0<;,
6po
Te^i/779
Tr]
Be
tTjOO? 6
/xev
icnlv
el
av
i^ycovL^ovTo, axTTrep Trore koI
fiei^oiv
TO
a7r\w9
Be
o)?
Kara to
et/co?
rj
avfi^alveL et? evTv^iav 1
VIII
BvaTV^cav fieTa^dWeuv, S'
f^vdo<;
€va
57"
ecTTlv
ovBev
iroWai
elcnv,
ev
ovtco<;
wv
fiia
ovBep,la
dfiapTavetv
K\7)lBa ©rjcTTjlBa Kol
7rpoai]KeLv.
25
^
^vcnv
Bed
6.
6
ttoctjtmv
Bib 2
'Jipa-
ire'iroi'qKacnv'
wcnrep
Kal
tjtoi,
yap
ttolmv
olov
'TrXrjyrjvac
apogr.
8.
to,
Bid
ovk
Be TrpoaTrocrjaaadat ev
fiiv
evo<;
irpd^i'i.
'TTOiij/JiaTa
"0/u,i]po(;
crvve^r],
irphs
irpd^et^
iTrolrjaev
fxev
tm
aXka Te'^vrjv
ev
tco
dyepfxw,
KXe^vSpav apogr.
9.
M. Schmidt sicut solemus dicere etiam aliquo tempore et Arabs
aliquando
1447 a
:
koI
6 'I{paK\r}
^OBvaaeiav
ixavrjvav
add. Bursian
eiiliOacrtv
3'
ToiavTa
eav TrepX
avfi/Salvet, ef a)v
tmv
oaoi
eh
tov fieyedov?.
ylveTai
eoiKev /caXw? IBetv
diravTa oaa avTw
Uapvaaao),
rjv
6
Kal tovt
Bia(f>epei
to,
eU
otovTat ydp, eVel
Be
oa(p
'yLyvofievoiV
olovTai
evl
Kara
ev
i^ evTv^ia';
?)
Tive
ea-Tiv
i^
eoLKacnv
20 TrdvTe<^
elvat
axTTrep
fiev
earl
elirelv,
lKavb<; 6po<{ iaTiv
TToXka yap koL aireipa rw
[ivLoov]
del
i(f>e^i]<;
BvaTv^lai;
e/c
ov-^
et?
Biopicravra^
to dvajKalov
Se 7
elcodacriv. opo<;,
TOV avv8ri\o<; elvac KaWicov
P'^xpi'
fj,e'yedo<;'
fiejedeo
5
aWore
avTTjv rrjv (f)vcnv tov Trpdyfiaro'i
10 /car
:
'
17).
'
:
18.
:
Muv
seclus. Spengel.
3
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS
may
tude which the
a
plot,
33
3
be easily embraced in one view length
certain
which can be
5— VIII.
VII.
easily
necessary,
is
so in
;
and a length
embraced by the memory.
The
limit of length in relation to dramatic competition-
sensuous presentment,
had
been the rule
it
is
no part of
together, the performance
the water-clock,
—
of the
drama
itself is this
more beautiful on
size,
to
define
the practice in certain
is
limit as :
—
fixed
by the nature
the greater the length, the
will the piece be, so far as beauty
depends
And
provided that the whole be perspicuous. the
matter
proper magnitude
we may
roughly,
say
comprised within such
is
For
compete
to
would have been regulated by
as indeed
But the
other contests.
artistic theory.
hundred tragedies
for a
6
and
the
that
limits, that
the sequence of events, according to the law of probability or necessity, will
admit of a change from bad fortune
to
good, or from good fortune to bad.
VIII
Unity of plot does
not, as
some persons think,
consist
in the unity of the hero.
For
incidents in one man's
which cannot be reduced
unity; and
so, too,
out of which error, as
it
life,
there are
infinitely various are the
many
we cannot make one
action.
poems of the
to
man
Hence the
who have composed
appears, of all poets
Heracleid, a Theseid, or other
actions of one
kind.
2
a
They
imagine that as Heracles was one man, the story of Heracles must also be a unity. else
he
is
art or natural genius
the truth. all
But Homer,
of surpassing merit, here too
—seems
to
as in all 3
—whether
from
have happily discerned
In composing the Odyssey he did not include
the adventures of Odysseus
—
such as his wound on
Parnassus, or his feigned madness at the mustering of
D
'
3— IX.
VIII.
34
Oarepov
ovhev
o)v
irepl
30 Trjv ^Ohvacreiav crvveaTTjaev,
ovv KaOdirep Kol iv
^pr)
35 rivb^
yap irpoaov
o
tov p,v6ov,
ipavepov
kol
o\r]<;
/ila 4
rj
irpd^eco'^
eirel
to, f^epr]
Be
i)
irpoaov
fxr)
irotel eVt-
fXTjSev
tov 6\ov eariv.
BijXov, ovSev fjLopiov
IX
dX\,ai<; fXiH7]TiKal
d(paLpovp,evov Bca(p€pecr6ai, Koi Kcvelcrdat
rj
fj,epov
oXov
TO
ei/co9
rj
ovTw
irpay/jidTcov
rcov
o-vveaTCbvai,
rjv
Se Koi rrjv ^\\tdha.
6p,oico<;
Tal
iarc, /ita? re eJvat koi TavTi]<;
fiifJLTjcTL'i
13
Trpa^tv oiav \i<^o^ev
filav
ovro) koX
ia-riv
ev6<;
fMLfirja-i^
ava'yKalov
aWa
Odrepov yeveadac,
28—1451 b
145 1 a
5.
roiv
etc
Kal
elpr/fievcov
ov
ore
to
to,
yevofieva Xeyeiv, tovto ttoctjtov epyov iariv, dX)C ola av
Bvvard Kara to
40 yevotro koX ra
yap
1451 b
[aTopcKO
Bta^epovaLV,
d/xeTpa
rj
et/co
ov
7rotr]Tr]
yap
e'lrj
av
fieTpa TeOrjvai, Kal ovBev tjttov av
/xeTpov
^L\oao(^(jOTepov Kal cnrovBaiOTepov
yap
fxev
fjbdWov
'7roL7)cn
"TTola
cLTTa crvfM/3aLvec Xeyeiv
i7riTi9ep,evr],
28.
Tjv
T)
X^yoififv
apogr.
Sia(p4pea0ai
?
:
Arabs. 40. [Kal .
.
:
^c
TO,
29.
A<=.
33.
5ia(f>ope?crdai,
habuit 36.
fort,
Kal cf.
Suvard] Maggi. .
.
.
to,
iroiw tcl 4
^
ovop-aTa
A.\Ki^idBr}<; eirpa^ev
Kcop.q)Bia<;
rjBr}
tovto 5
yap tov fxvdov Bid twv
"K^yofMev
2,
lect. S,
'
TOVTCfi
10.
.
:
&v 35.
8t.a(pdelpea-dai coni.
:
et
confundatur oCrw A^.
ov rb apogr. .
A^
Susemihl.
corrumpatur 38.
4.
Xiyoifxev
:
Kal
464 b 13
ws apogr.
1451 b
apogr.
ratjTrjs
:
de Div.
rd Spengel.
tS
fxev,
eaTLV
laTopia
B""
7roirj(ri
rj
Tr]<;
TavTT]s
utramque
Trotet, iirlbriKov
TwA'=: TOVTO
ovv
crva-TrjaavTe
Vahlen.
Margoliouth
.
:
p,ev
eirl
yeyovev
Brjkov
Bib kol 3
irpdTTeiv KaTa to eiKO^
rj
crTO'^d^eTai
to Be KaO^ eKaaTov, Ti
eiraOev.
Ti
rj
ov
dvayKaiov,
TO
/;
tov
tc3
iroirjcn'i l(TTopia
KaOoXov,
tcl
ei?
fXCTa
Ti<;
Bia
eaTiv Be KadoXov
KaG' cKaaTOV \eyet.
10^
'UpoBoTOV
laTopia
yevofieva Xeyeiv, tov Be ola av yevocTO.
5 fiev TO,
7]
efXfieTpa Xeyeiv 2
to,
eXrj
dvev pueTpwv, dXkd tovtw
7]
to dvayKoiov.
rj
^
tc3
.
to apogr.
tcJj :
:
apogr.
t6v
A<=.
:
tovto
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS VIII. the host
—
:
— IX.
35
5
which there was no necessary
incidents between
or probable connexion
3
but he made the Odyssey, and
likewise the Iliad, to centre round an action, that in our
sense of the word
one, so the plot, being
is
As
one.
is
imitative arts, the imitation
one,
is
therefore, in the
when the
other 4
object imitated
an imitation of an
action,
must
imitate one action and that a whole, the structural union of the
being such that,
parts
any one of them
if
is
displaced or removed, the whole will be disjointed and disturbed.
For a thing whose presence or absence makes
no
difference,
visible
not
is
an organic part of the
whole.
IX
It
that
moreover, evident from what has been said,
is,
has happened, but what
may
happen,
—what
is
yj
possible
according to the law of probability or necessity. 1451 b
s
not the function of the poet to relate what
is
it
The
;
2
poet and the historian differ not by writing in verse or
The work
in prose. verse,
and
metre no
would
it
of Herodotus still
be a species of history, with
than without
less
it.
The true
Poetry, therefore,
is
a higher thing than history
:
mean how
speak or necessity
a more philosophical and 3
By
the universal 4
a person of given character will on occasion
according to
act, ;
and
it
is
this
the
law of probability or
universality at which poetry
aims in the names she attaches to the personages. particular suffered.
the poet
is
is
for poetry tends to express
the universal, history the particular. I
difference
what has happened, the other what may
that one relates
happen.
might be put into
—
for
example
In Comedy first
— what
Alcibiades
this is already apparent
:
did
The or
for here 5
constructs the plot on the lines of prob-
^ i
/^
\
36 s
1
5
IX. 5
—
1451 b 14
lo-
eiKOTWv ov ra rv^ovra ovofxara virortOeaaLv, koI wcrrrep
01
8e
iirl
aXnov h
ovv
fiev
rwv
Tpay(pSia<;
Tr]<;
dhvvara.
dWa
ov
/nrjv
Kal rd ovofiara ov
ou?
on
30
TTOLTjrrjv
eariv,
35
7roLrirr)
roiv
14.
oi5
Kard
7roirjrr)
BrjKov ovv 9
rrjv fiifirjalv
dpa avfi^y yevo-
kolv
rwv
ea-rc
rotavra
yevkdQai,
0X17069
jvcopifjia
rcov fivOcov elvat Bee
7roti]r^<;
KwXvei
Kal
dvre'^ecrdai.
elalv,
KaO^
yevo-
dv
ola
elvat
eKelvo
etKO'i
avrwv
eariv.
'nequaquam' Arabs:
:
^jTiTi^e'ao-tapogr.,
Susemihl
quemadmodum
si
quis
:
Bekker.
15.
22.
iviais A<=.
unum
esse
bonum
oiiTu
r^y A'=
(dat. 'Avde6s), cf.
seclua.
Parthenius
Spengel.
Vahlen.
34.
Ka.1
irepl
statuit
:
codd.,
twj' r(^
'
cf.
1451 a
apogr.
20.
'Aydduvoi dvOei
at
<evSoKt/j.ovcrai>
dward Susemihl: 36. tCiv
aTrXwj 5^ ruiv Castelvetro.
:
Arabs male Syrus Pro dvdeL coni. 'Avdel :
ipwTiKQv iradTjfidTwv, Mackail.
26.
adai seclus. Vorlander, om. Arabs. 8^ d-n-Xwp codd.
:
^j*
legisse videtur ^v t6 dyadbv 6s Av 6^ (Margoliouth).
elmt
ev(f)pal,vei'
TrapaSeSofievcov 8
roiv
/xdWov
rd rat
Be dXkcov fJbv6(ov Kal rrpd^ewv ai eTreLaoBicoBei^ 10
iv ivlais apogi'., '
olov ev
rd re irpdyfiara
Kal rd
Be rd'i 7rpd^et
(vel ovxl) scrips!
38.
ovofidrfov,
ev,
eixppaivec 'jrdvra
6)Jbco<;
Troirjrrjv
Bvvard
Kal
icrrlv
ev rovrtp
^Tjrecv, iirel
ovBev
evia
ijevero, el
rpa'ywBlac'i ev 7
ovS'
^rjrrjreov
ovOev rjrrov
jxeva rroielv,
yeveaOat
Sward, rd
Kal ovSev rjrrov
ro)V fierpcov, oaco
rj
he
rpayaBlac
at
rov
fiifiecrat
ixevcav
yap
elvat
yv(opifid eartv dXk'
eK rovrojv
rd
rat<;
fyvoipifjioiv
ev eviat'i
ofiolco'?
rovro
lydp yeXoiov
Kal ev
ireirolriraL,
7rdvro)<;
rrepl
fivd(ov,
dvr- 6
Sward, ov yap dv
dWd
hvo rwv
rj
TreTTonjfieva,
^AydOcova dvOei'
25 axrr
ovo/xdrcov
yevo/ieva ovttco irKnevofiev elvai
fir)
eVtat9 fiev ev
Se
iart
oy^
ttoloxxtlv.
to Svvarov.
yevofxivcov
iriOavov
otl
Be yevofieva (f^avepov ore riv
top Ka6^ eKacrrov
Trepl
lafx/3o7roLol
^^(ovTai,.
20
— 36
rpayuiSiai /cai
dward
U dWuu Tyrwbitt
25.
coni.
yev^:
tQv
'ARISTOTLE'S POETICS IX. 5—10
and then
ability,
the lampooners
But tragedians
what
that
is
characteristic
inserts
who
possible
is
credible
at once feel sure to
happened
is
Still
We
must
legends, it
it
would not
known names,
the rest
In others, none are well known,
in Agathon's Flower,
are fictitious,
but what has
:
there are some tragedies in which 7
there are only one or two well fictitious.
unlike
what has not happened
:
be possible
manifestly possible; otherwise
have happened.
—
names, the reason being 6
to real
we do not
being
names;
write about particular individuals.
keep
still
37
and yet they give none the
not, therefore, at all costs
to
as
less pleasure.
keep to the received 8
which are the usual subjects of Tragedy.
would be absurd
—
where incidents and names alike
attempt
it
;
for
Indeed,
even familiar sub-
a few, and yet give pleasure
jects are familiar only to
maker
'
should be the maker of plots rather than of verses
:
to
It
all.
since
he
is
historical
there
is
And he
even
is
why some
happened should not conform and
possible,
'
9
^
,
subject,
no reason
the poet or
because he imitates, and what he
a poet
imitates are actions.
an
that
follows
clearly
and in virtue
of
if
he chances to take
none the
less
a poet; for
events that have actually to the
law of the probable
that quality in
them he
is
their poet or maker.
Of
all
plots
and actions the epeisodic are the worst. 10
,
X "^
:
38
IX. lo
— X.
Xeyo)
'^elpLarai.
elcrlv
iTreLCToSia
iTretaoSLcoSr]
S'
oKkrfka
fxer
— 1452
1451 b 37
3.
ovr
Toiavrat Se Trocovvrat viro
twv
w ra
ev
jjuvOov
out
et/co?
jxev
a 20
avdyKij
(paiiXoyv
elvat.
Sl
ttoctjtcov
40 avTov<;, vTTo Se tmv d
1452 a
ajjiUTa
fydp
vovTe
fMvdov
Kol
Bvva/MLV irapaTei-
rrjv
dvayKd^ovruL
Siaarrpe^eiv
<0Tav> fidWov
OavfJiaaTov
e^et 12
ovTOi
T7]
koX
TavTU davfiaaiMTaTa SoKel oca wcnrep
T(ov aTTo
TV'^7]
eVtTT^Se?
(palveTat
yeyovevai,
olov
6
o)?
dvSpcd<;
tov
6
tm
MtTt/09 iv "Apyei direKTeivev tov aiTiov tov OavaTOV OecopovvTi
10 M.LTVL,
yevea-Qai.
elKrj
11
\^KaX\
/judWov
Kol
So^av,
rrjv
yap
to
aTTo tov avTOfiaTOv Kol
el
rj
irapd
yevrjraL
dWrjXa'
81'
to
/^tytiT/crt?
rj
Kol ekeeivoiv, ravra he ylveraL
(f)o/3€p(ov
orav
fidXiara 5
TToWaKL'i
eVel Se ou p,6vov Tek€La<; icrrl 7rpd^ea>
€(f)e^r]
dWd
Kot irapd
TToiovvre'i
tou?
dvdyKrj
(ocrTe
yap Ta ToiavTa ovk
eoLKe
efM7r€(T(i>v'
tolovtov^
elvat
KaXKiov
X
etcrl
twv
Be
fivOcov ol
Kal yap al irpd^eL'i 15 CTLV ri
jjuev
wairep
yivofjbevq^
TrepLireTela'i
rj
ireirkeyfievr]
S'
^
:
cruz/ep^oO?
t^9
1452 a
2.
A" :
:
nrepL-
r)
fjtvdov,
Gomperz.
3.
Se
Set 3
cocrre
e'/c
Bekker
/cat
seclus.
Kal /xdXtora Kal fxSXKov Srav yivrjTaL irapa ttju dd^au codd.
correxit Reiz
apogr.
ylveTai,
41. wapareivovTei apogr., seclus.
17
:
codd.
lect.
tuetur Tucker, Kal kclXXiov scripto pro Kal fiaWov
[Kal /j.d\\ov] ve\ [Kal fxaXiara] Spengel. \4^is
tov
dvev
fitd
TavTa
eaTCV.
(rvarTdcre(o
Trpd^Lv 2
[juev
dvayvcopca/xov
fieTd^aal
rj
Kal
fieTd^aai<;
77
fieTa
r)^
Kpiras apogr.
vaparelvavres A^.
Susemihl.
wpicrTat
ecnlv
avTrj<;
40, viroKpiras A<=
ol /xvdol elatv virdp'^ov-
\eyco 8e aTrXrjv
dvayvoiptcrfjiov
d/ji(f)OLV
20 ytveadat i^
difkol ol 8e TreirXey/Mevoi,
fJiL/j,'^crei<;
ovaai TocavTai.
ev6v
Trere/a?
oiv
5^ ecTTiv ^^ ^s (h. 5^ irpa^is
ijs
e.
Ueberweg.
5^
•
-/l
e^Tys)
18.
Valilen
5' ^o'TtJ' :
^s
SusemiM
:
:
5^
Se e^ ^y vel 5^ Trpa^ts
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS IX. I call a plot
'
epeisodic
in
'
lo— X.
39
3
which the episodes or
acts suc-
ceed one another without probable or necessary sequence.
Bad
by
poets compose such pieces
poets, to
the
please
players
their
own
beyond
pieces for competition, they stretch the plot 1452 a
and are often forced
capacity,
good
fault,
they write show
as
for,
;
its
to break the natural con-
tinuity.
But
Tragedy
again,
an imitation not only
is
complete action, but of events terrible and
an
effect
by
surprise
same
best produced
is ;
and the
when
effect
will then
striking
the events come on us
;
for
when they have an
The
one another.
be greater than
themselves or by accident
even coincidences are most air
Such events seem not therefore,
to be
on
constructed
We may
of design.
murderer while he was a spectator at a
Plots,
tragic 12
they happened of
if
instance the statue of Mitys at Argos, which
him.
all
heightened when, at the
is
time, they follow from
wonder
of
Such
pitiful.
fell
festival,
due
these
to
upon
and
his
killed
mere chance.
principles
are
necessarily the best.
X
Plots are either in real
show
life,
of
Simple or Complex,
which the
plots are
An
a similar distinction.
for
the actions
an imitation, obviously
action
which
is
one and 2
continuous in the sense above defined, I call Simple,
when
the change of fortune takes place without Eeversal (or Eecoil) of the Action
A
Complex
accompanied
by
both.
and without Eecognition.
action
is
one in which the change
by such Eeversal,
These
last
should
structure of the plot, so that
or
arise
by Eecognition, from the
is
or
internal 3
what follows should be the
40
X. 3
TMV TO
avfi/Salveiv
yiyveadat ravra'
rdSe Bca rdSe
trdai,
pb€Taj3o\rj,
OISlttoSi
To5
to
w?
Trpo?
P'^vo'i
TOV
davelv,
Tovvo/xa
(piklav
et?
he
KaXKla-Trj
35 wpccrfxevcov TreTetat fiev
yivoyvTai,
dWai
ovv Koi
Treirpaye Tt9
»7
p,a\taTa tov jxvdov icTTLV
et,p7]fMevr) 1452 b
TTCTeta
i)
22, ravra
:
:
commate
delete
36.
Fort, otav
By water.
^(ttiv
:
a.])ogr.
:
ws
fKeov coni. :
(ireidr]
to.
dXX'
irpd^ecov
7)
Kal irept- 4
dvayv(opia-c
varepa Gomperz. seclus. Zeller,
post /xera^oXri TL
Gomperz. 38.
Tpaywhia
rj
Vahlen.
35.
39.
Susemihl.
1452 b
1.
Susemihl, pos, commate post
oioji'
ecrrLv
66'
apogr.
:
Kad' &
Susemihl.
Gomperz.
6t€ ucrirep Ric-
<6>ir€p Gomperz. :
el ixt)
v-n-bKeirai.
•^
a/ta nepLveTdq.
^M^^apogr.
/cat
< >
:
probante
Essen,
eanv
:
KadaTrep dpr)Tai,
25.
Gomperz
uxnrep A<=:
i<XTlv
<6>Trep Spengel
avpLpaivei A°.
Kal TrepLirireLa seclus.
5^
d-yjrv^a
7rpb<;
fidXiaTa t^9 Trpd^eca
rj
ToiavTrj
ad wdTrep X^yonev
Post ^x^P'^" ^^^- ^ &X.Xo
cvfi^aivnv
elalv 3
koX yap
(jjo^ov, o'iwv
rj
34.
rj
Kal
yap
ravavria Bonitz
gloss,
jrpoypTjTai
cardianus
irepi-
vTroKecTac ert he Kal to aTvyeiv Kal to evTv^elv
fxcfXTjaa
tanquam
eXeov e^ec
oTav d/xa
ireirpayev eaTiv dvayvcopicrat'
firj
r)
tc3
rj
hvaTv^iav
r)
'7rep etpTjTat crv/ju^alvet, Kal
&>?
ec
r]
ev
77
koI 2
p,eTa^oXrj
OlhiTrohc.
dvayv(apLcri<;,
e')(€L
&)?
diro-
wcrirep
he,
evTV^iav
dvayvcopia-et';'
Kac Ta Tv^ovTa ecrTiv
40
he
olov
dyo-
puev
uKoXovdcov
eh yvwcnv
7rp6
09
S7]'kcoaa<;
Treirpayfievcov
dvayv(iipLaL<;
i^ dyvoia<;
eyjdpav TOiV
elf
rj
tmv
e/c
koI
OlSiirovv
Aavao'i
he
6
avve^rj
Be
wairep iv
kol iv tcS KvyKel 6
aadrivai.
a7}/j,aiveL,
tov
(po^ov,
jxrjTepa
dTrodavovjjbevo'i,
6i
diroKTevoiV, tov /xev
civayKalov
77
evcppavMv
Tr)v
tovto
kuI
etpr^Tai,']
etVo
^v, TovvavTLOV eTTolrjcrev'
30
Kara
rj
yap ttoXv to yiyve-
to ivavTLOv tmv irpaT-
et9
rj
{^Kaddirep
eX9ci)u
diraWd^ayv tov
2
fierd rdSe.
tj
Xeyofiev kuto,
coa-irep
b
i^ avdyKrjii
7)
Biacj^epec
eari Se TrepcTrereLa fiev
25 TOfievcov
— 1452
1452 a 21
4.
irpo'ye'yevriiievwv
€Iko<;
XI
—XL
41.
AP.
Kal>
olop A^.
TreptTr^reta 2.
Iri
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS X.
3— XL
41
4
necessary or probable result of the preceding action.
makes
the difference whether any given event
all
It is
a
case of propter hoc or post hoc.
XI
Reversal (or Recoil)
a change by which a train of
is
action produces the opposite of the effect intended, subject
Thus
always to our rule of probability or necessity.
in
the Oedipus, the messenger comes to cheer Oedipus and free
ing
him from
who he
by
his alarms about his mother, but
he produces the opposite
is,
the Lynceus, Lynceus
reveal-
Again in
effect.
being led away to his death, and
is
Danaus goes with him, meaning outcome of the action
is,
to
slay
Danaus
that
him
;
but the
killed
is
and
Lynceus saved. Recognition, as the
name
indicates, is a
change from 2
ignorance to knowledge, producing love or hate between the persons destined by the poet for good or bad fortune.
The best form
of recognition
is
coincident with a Reversal
(or Recoil), as in the Oedipus.
There are indeed other forms.
Even inanimate things
most
of the
times be objects of recognition.
trivial
Again,
kind
may
we may
recognise
or discover whether a person has done a thing or not.
1452 b
But
the recognition which
is
most intimately connected with
the plot and action
as
we have
persons.
is,
said, the recognition of
This recognition, combined with Reversal, will 4
produce either pity or fear effects are those
sents.
.3
some-
;
and actions producing these
which, by our definition, Tragedy repre-
Moreover,
it is
upon such
issues that fortune or
XL 5-XII.
42
TOiV TocovTcov (TVfji^rjaeTaL.
eVfc
iirel
orav y
fiovov,
avayvcoplaai,
Set
avayvdopiai^i 5
r)
olov
Trj<^
afji<j)OTepov^
^Opecnrj
to5
'l(f)Lyev6La
fxev
t]
i7riaro\r]<;, eKeivov he
t?}?
7r€p,-\frea)
tov erepov
7rp6<;
arepo^ rt? iarLV, ore Be
Srj\o
dveyvcopLcrdr] eK
hrj
Oarepov
Tivoiv iariv avayvcopLatii, at fiev 5
3-27
1452 b
3.
7rpo<; rrjv ^IcjicyeveLav aX\7]<; eSet avayv(opi
hvo [xev ovv TOV fivOov 10 nreTeia koI avayv(t)pLac<;,
TreptTrereta fxev Koi dvayvciipicn'i 7rpd^L
cf)6apTLKr)
OdvaroL
koi
[jovtwv he
etpT^rat,] 7rd6o^
koi
Trepccohvvlat
irepi- 6
iart,,
irdOot;.
ohvvqpd, olov ot re ev
i)
at
ravr
jrepl
fMepi]
rpirov he
tc3
he
ecrrt
(pavepoi
kuI
Tpd)aeL<;
ocra
Toiavra.
XII
rpaywhia'i
he
[f^^PV
rdhe
Ke^oopicr/jbeva
KOLvd 20 Kol
fiev
to
he
'X^optKov
25 CTTdaL/jLov Tpoxct'i'OV,
diTO 3.
he
T)
yu,eA,o?
fiept]
eireLbr)
2, ut videtur.
Bywater
iKeivcp
:
9.
2
Susemihl, om. Arabs.
K6/J,fjLoi
del.
:
Trept
4.
Maggi
Susemihl.
Christ praeeunte Ritter.
oXrj
27.
AVestphal
oh
fj.h
wj
eraipov eKeivov
non habuisse
10. tovtwv di
re apogr.
:
cap. seclus. Ritter, recte, ut opinor. 24.
:
7.
irepov
trepl
:
:
6\ov
dire
19.
apogr.
26. :
—
eipyjraL
15.
A<=.
kolvo,
A<=.
e'ideai dei
hel 3
ethecri,
codd.
raiVd Twining. di
Koi
i^^^
co?
fiev
:
12.
xopov,
dvairaiCTTOv
oh
seclus.
/ieXo?,
oXtj
x'^P'^^
0' 77 Bekker. Bernays grepos -rrepl
xopov
\e^L<;
iird
:
arepo^
seclus.
(Margolioutli)
KOivo
he Tpay(phia
codd.
eaTt
dvev
'^^
dprjvo
videtur
Totum hoc
crKrjvrj^
rrj^;
o\ov rpayw- 2
fxepo
irpcoTTj
rj
X^P^^
apogr.
5.
ovk
o
jxeO^ fjuev
he
KO/jip,o
AP'-.
e^oho
x^P°^ irapohov, eiretaohLov he fiepo^ okov jxeTa^v oKwv '^opLKcov p,e\o)v, e^oho^; he
irdpoho'i
crKrjvrj
€7ret 57}
eireLaohtov
ravra, thia he rd diro
oKov Tpaywhia'i
lxepo
eh a hiaipelrai
Trdpoha TO he crrdaifMov
fxev
earcv he 7rp6\oyo<; fxev
Sta? TO irpo
hel '^prjcrdac
ethecTL
irocrov koI
irpokoyo'^
ecrriv,
d'rrdvrojv
Ko/xfjioi.
Tpayrphla'i
to?
/xev
he rb
TOVTOV TO
Koi
"^opiKov,
ol?
Kara
16 irporepov eoiro/xev,
fih
.
.
.
tQv add.
oh fih
8ei
A".
XL 5— XII.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS
Eecognition, then, being between 5
misfortune will turn. persons,
may happen
it
—when
by the other
may
is
recognised
known
already
is
—
or
it
be necessary that the recognition should be on both
Thus Iphigenia
sides.
make
required to
Two
—
;
revealed
is
Orestes
known
parts, then, of the Plot
and the
by the
on the
is
to Iphigenia.
—
A
The Tragic Incident
action, such as death
Orestes
to
but another act of recognition
turn upon surprises.
Incident.
XII
that one person only
the latter
sending of the letter
tion
43
3
Eeversal and Eecogni- 6
third part
is
is
the Tragic
a destructive or painful
stage, bodily agony,
wounds
like.
[The parts of Tragedy, which must be treated as elements of the whole, have been already mentioned.
We
now come
parts into
to
the quantitative parts
which Tragedy
is
divided
Episode, Exodos, Choric song
and Stasimon.
into Parodos
plays
:
peculiar to
stage and the
the
this
some are the songs of
is
The Exodos
which has no choric song Parodos
Chorus
:
the
is
the Stasimon
or trochees
and
actors.
:
the separate
being divided
common
to all
actors from the
that entire part of a tragedy which 2
Parodos of the Chorus. .
the
last
These are
that entire part of a tragedy which choric songs.
—
namely, Prologue,
Commoi.
The Prologos precedes
;
—
the
first is
Commos
The
is
is
The Episode
is
between complete
that entire part of a tragedy
after
it.
Of the Choric
undivided
utterance
of
part
the
a Choric ode without anapaests is
a joint lamentation of Chorus
parts of Tragedy
which must be treated 3
44
XII.
3— XIII.
^pija-dac Trporepov
a Siaipelrat
XIII
MV
Se
ravr
icjie^rj'i
av
ovv Bel
Trjv crvvdeacv elvat
dirXijv
dWd
fit,fL7]TLKJ]V,
irpwTov
fxifiriaeoi^ ecTTiv,
avBpa
Tr]
BvcTTV^^iav,
Bel evKa^elaOai crvv-
vvv
t?}? Tpa'y(pBla
elpTj/jbivoi'i.^
KaWiaTTj'i Tpa'y(pBia
koX
7a/3
ovtc
ea-TiV
wv
e;^ei
ovT€
ecTTiV
ovTe tou9 e'meiKel<;
fiev BfjXov otc
tov<;
oils'
eh BvaTv^iav
dvOptoTTov e^OL dv 5
rj
av tov
ovTe
crcfjoBpa
to
fieTaTTLTTTecv'
ToiavTrj crvcrTa(TL
•X^ovvTa, 6 Be irepl
Be
(j)o/3epov X.ot7ro9.
tov
irepX
dW
Be
TOtovTa
6
ovTe
Tr}V
fjueydkr}
30. 2.
S}i>
BvaTv^iav
apogr.
:
wj
a5 rbv apogr.
Ritter,
ovtcov
Bo^T]
A<=, :
dXkd
6 firjTe dpeTrj
koI
Bi
ovTe eXeov
6.
?Xeos ij^v
Slwovs A°,
.
.
ovTe
dpa tovtoov
twv
OlBiirovi
.
kol
jxeTa^dXkwv
34. ireirXeyfxivqv seclus. Susemihl.
a5 t6 A^.
quod non confirm. Arabs (Margoliouth).
Bvcttv-
tov dvd^iov,
Ttvd,
olov
e|
yap ^l\-
Bca
dfiapTi av
evTV^ia,
ekeeivov
ekeeivov
fieTa^i)
10 BiicaLoa-vvr), firjTe Bid KUKiav Kol fioyOrfpiav
eh
ovBev
Trovrjpov
fiev
fiev irepl
&crTe
o/jlolov,
to avfi/Satvov.
ecTTai ecTTt
tov o/xolov, eXeo?
eU
aTV^ia'i
e^
p,0')(6T]poi)^
ovTe (f)o^ou, 6 fiev yap irepl tov dvd^iov icTTCv
(f)o^o'i
kol
ToiavTT)
Tr}9
ovTe yap ^CkdvOpwTrov
Bel,
evTv^ia<;
2
fir]
(po^epMV
TavTrjv
tovto jdp tBiov
40 evTV^iav, aTpaycpBoTaTOv
et?
[xeTa^dWovTa^ (patveadac ef evTv^la^ eh ov
Bei
fiiapov
a
TOL
TreirXey/Jievrjv
35 iXeeivcov elvat
to ttoctov koI
Be
koI iroOev earat to
\eKTeov
eir]
a 12
icrrlvJ^
aro'^d^ecrdaL Kol
Sel
28—1453
Kara
etirafiev,
Ke'^copcafiiva
31 i(TTdvTa<; TOv
epyov,
1452 b
3.
ev
Kal
1463 a
rhv S/ioiov seclus.
12.
Oldiirovs apogr.
:
3
a
3— XIII.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XII.
whole have been already mentioned.
as elements of the
The is
quantitative parts
divided
As
XIII
—
45
3
—
the separate parts into which
what has already been
the sequel to
we must
said,
proceed to consider what the poet should aim
at,
what he should
and by
what means the
A perfect
avoid, in constructing his plots specific effect of
;
seen, be arranged 2 It should,
moreover, imitate actions which excite pity and
being the distinctive mark of tragic imitation. plainly, in ,
K
'''./
the
that the
place,
first
brought from prosperity to adversity: fear
;
it
^.
''-i^-for
1453
merely shocks
this
for
the
no single tragic quality
moral sense, nor
A
hibited.
it
would
to
by the misfortune event,
therefore,
of a
will
pity
man
be
neither
nor
just,
—
that of a
yet whose misfortune
or depravity, but
be
man who
one who
is
is
by some highly
is
^^^\^'e~^
Such an terrible.
brought about not by vice frailty.
'
^
nor^ \ ^
not eminently good and
error or
.
Nor,<<'"^''6^'^N
There remains, then, the character between these two extremes,
v'
3,
satisfies
fear.
ourselves. pitiful
^ '
<-»
;
inspire neither pity
like
^^
\^ * prosperity --X-^S -^'' ^ Tragedy it\
neither or
.3.
^
moves ^^
by unmerited misfortune, fear^
fear; for pity is aroused
^
man\>
kind would, doubtless, satisfy
plot of this
the moral sense, but
forth
calls
it
;
'
Nor, again,
us.
nothing can be more alien to the spirit of
a possesses
^^
change of fortune '\^t'
/q_^V ^I'that of a bad man passing from adversity ^<J^
fear, this
It follows
presented must not be the spectacle of a virtuous
\^>S(^\ neither pity nor
and
Tragedy will be produced.
we have
tragedy should, as
not on the simple but on the complex plan.
'
it
are here enumerated.]
He must
renowned and prosperous,
—
3
>*
^l\ ^
S
XIIL 3—8.
46
®uearT]<; koI ol
apa
dvayKT] 15 /xaXkov
ovK
koXm'?
evrv^lav
et9
CK
afiapriav fjbeydXrjv rj
20
rj
tou9
Troirjral
ot
7<x/3
nvh
j)aai, koX
aWa
Sia
/xr}
rovvavrtov
fxdWov
TV')(ovTa
fiv6ov<;
aWoi
crv/ji^e/3r]K€v
Kara
25 ovv
Opecnrjv
Bio Kol
Kol
yap
TOVTO
iaTLV
al
TOcavTat,
tmv
ttoitjtwv
XeyofievT]
vtto
tlvwv eaTiv
irpoiTrj
35 re
Tr]v
avaTaaiv
TeXevTMcra
e^
BoKel Be elvai
rot?
Bid
nrpoiTrj
fjurj
Trjv
rj
tcov
dWd
oIkovo/xcI
rj
^OBvaaeia, Kal
om.
iatn S.
rj
Kal
'^elpocnv.
OedTpwv dadeveiav
ev')(rjv
to?9
iroLOvvTe'i
27. tout' avrb
rjBovrj 8
Thurot
:
avrol
to ai/rb codd. Vahlen, secludendum coni. Margoliouth collate Arabe.
Reiz
:
28.
iroWai Knebel
:
1
TroXXat
<;ai> Tyrrell.
dedrpuv A^ et S, ut videtur
34.
cnjaraffis
1449 a 9, Herod, vi. 21 ^s SaKpva '^ireae rb derjTpov, Aristoph. Eq. 233 Tb yap dearpov 5et,i.6v): OeaTuiv apogr. 39. avrr) <}]> coni. Vahlen.
seclus.
Twining.
37.
7
BcttX^jv
eaTCV Be ou^ avTrj <>]> diro Tpay(pBia
21. KdWicrraL seclus. Christ,
8'
BevTepa
[crycrTacrt?]
^eXTioac
dKoXovOovcTi yap ol TTOirjTal KaT 6eaTai
ev
(palveTai.
KaOaTrep
6'^ovaa,
ivavTia<;
Be
arifxelov
dv KaTopdoiOwcnv, Kol
(palvovTai,
aXka
rpaycp-
rekevrwcnv.
Kol tcov dycovwv Tpayu-
TpayiKcoTaTO'i ye
el
Tat<;
opOov.
e'cprjTat
crKrjvcov
to,
l^vpc7riB7]f;
TavTr}
e/c
Bvcrrv^lav
Kal
6
fiev
rj
ol ^vpnrlBr] €yKa\ovvT€<; 6
et?
Mcnrep
eVi yap tcov
30 /jueyiCTTov
KooTaTac
avrov
-TToWal
6(tol<;
7rotr]aai,.
rj
TOVT avTO dfiaprdvovaiv, ore tovto Spa iv hlai
koI
T^\€(f)Ov
rpaywhia
KaWlarr]
iari.
(TVcnda€co<;
TYj'i
koL
iraOelv heiva
ri-^vv^
ttjv
vvv
[KaWcarao] rpajaySlac avvri-
Svecrrrjv i)
fxev 5
aTrrjplO/jiovv,
Oevrai, olov irepl ^AXKfialcova koX OISlttovv koI
yieXiaypov Koi
ot
koX to yiyvofievov vrpcorov
Se irepX 6\l'ya
KoX
i^
aWa
^€\ti,ovo<;
rj
eLvat 4
fxerajBaXkeLV
/jbo^drjpuav
oXov elprjrat,
arjfielov Se
'^elpovo'i.
airXovv
jxvdov
ZvcrTV')(ia
SvaTVVLav,
eh
evTvyia';
e7ri^avel
e'^ovra
SlttXovv, axTTrep
rj
jevMV
tcov tolovtwv
e'/c
rov
13—39
1453 a
(cf.
8
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XIII. personage
men
Thyestes,
—
47
other
or
illustrious
of such families.
A in
Oedipus,
like
3
well constructed plot should, therefore, be single 4 issue, rather
its
than double as some maintain.
The
change of fortune should be not from bad to good, but, reversely,
from good
to bad.
should come about as
It
the result not of vice, but of some great error or in a character either such as
The
rather than worse.
At
our view.
came
first
we have
frailty,
described, or better
practice of the stage bears out 5
the poets recounted any legend that
Now,
in their way.
story of a few houses,
tragedies are founded on the
— on
the fortunes of Alcmaeon,
Oedipus, Orestes, Meleager, Thyestes, Telephus, and those others
who have done
or suffered something terrible.
A
tragedy, then, to be perfect according to the rules of art
Hence they
should be of this construction.
who
censure
Euripides
principle in his as
we have
plays,
just
many
because
he
are in error 6
follows
this
which end unhappily.
of
The best proof
said, the right ending.
It
is,
is
that on the stage and in dramatic competition, such
plays,
they are well represented, are the most tragic
if
in effect
;
and Euripides, faulty
management
he
as
of his subject, yet
in the general
is
felt to
is
be the most
tragic of the poets.
In the second rank comes the kind of tragedy which 7
some place
first.
Like the
Odyssey,
it
has a double
thread of plot, and also an opposite catastrophe for the
good and
for the bad.
It is accounted the best because
of the weakness of the spectators in
what he
writes
by the wishes
pleasure, however, thence derived
;
for the poet is guided of his is
audience.
The
not the true tragic
8
:
48
v..
8— XIV.
XIII.
40 aXXa
fidWov t^?
eyOtaTOL oiaiv iv tXoL
ovSeU
XIV 1453b
20
yap
eKec
av
ot
fivOw, olov 'OpecrrT^? Koi AL
eVt reXeurr}? i^ep-^ovraL koI airoOvrjcTKeL
ovhev6<;.
VTT
eaTiv
ovv to (po^epov Koi ekeetvov ck
/xev
, " sjv a ecrrtv be jLyveaaai,
hel
40—1453 b
OLKela'
Ka)fi(pSla<;
ra>
,j-
V
yap Kol dvev rov opdv
eK
Trj
avcna(Te(o
rr)^
ovrco
rcov
avvecrrdvai, rov fivOov,
rd Trpdy/xara yivofieva Kal
axrre rov aKovovra
Kol iXeelv
.
.
,
e^ avTrj^
/cat
iarl "rrporepov kov ttoltjtov afxeivovo^.
Trpajfjudrcov, oirep
5
1453 a
4.
t%
to Se Sid
aKOvcov rov rod OlhiiTov fivOov.
(fiplrrecv
dv irdOoc
direp
avfM/SatvovTcov
rtov
Ti
oyjrea)';
2
TOVTO TrapacTKevd^eiv dre'^voTepov Kal ^oprjyla^; Beofievov Be
01
e<7TLV.
to ^o^epov Bid
firj
vovaiv ov ydp irdaav
dXkd Bid
ytit/iT^creo)?
(bavepov 15
oiKelav.
Trjv
TpaywBia
ovv Beivd
dvayKT]
Xd^fOfiev.
Brj
ToiavTa<; irpd^ei';
rd's
ovv
iydpo'i
uvto to
oTav
hv Bonitz
exOpov
:
:
:
8'
hv
ev
ol
Tal
codd.
dT£X''^'''^P°''
-A-*^-
:
Khf
elvai r)
irdOo'i'
^iK[ai
ol
16.
Ueberweg.
ovB'
Spengel
dv
irotSiv
dv
eyyevr^rai
ex^pbv diroKreivri Bekk. praeeunte Pazzi.
oiid'> iXeeLvop
aXXrjXovi 4
irpo^
ovTe
Spengel. Srj
iroia
avfiTTiTTTOVToyv,
jj^eTepwv.
ekeeivov
kut
ttXtjv
ot
<^i\wv
e-^fdpcov
ovBev
/jueWoov,
repov apogr.
rj
rj
ttoitjt^v,
i/j,7roi7)Teov.
tmv
<})aLV€Tai
ej^Opov,
20 eyovre^;'
40.
oiKTpd
rov
irapaaKevd^eiv
r)Bovr]V
irola
rj
iXeov Kal (fyo^ov 3
Be ttjv utto
eirel
Bel
to
kolvoj-
Bel ^rjTetv rjBovrjv diro TpaycoBia^
tovto ev rot? irpayp.acnv
ft)9
dWd
o-v/re&)9
t?}?
10 TepaTcoSe<; fiovov 7rapaaKevd^ovTe<; ovBev
fxev
ovts
jJ,r)B€T€pco
Ta
1453 b 5^ codd.
4\eeu>bv
:
irdOr],
8.
drexvo18.
< (po^epbv
;
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XIII. pleasure.
It
who, in the
—
1453 b
Fear and pity
may
but they piece,
poet.
which
from the inner structure of the
the better way, and indicates a superior
For the plot ought
will thrill with horror
This
is
to
be so constructed that, even
who
and melt
to
by the mere spectacle
is
and dependent on extraneous spectacular
means
hears the tale told pity at
we should
the impression
But
hearing the story of the Oedipus. effect
like Orestes
be aroused by spectacular means
without the aid of the eye, he
place.
—
is slain.
may
also result
is
enemies
quit the stage as friends at the close,
and no one slays or
Xiy
49
4
proper rather to Comedy, where those
is
piece, are the deadliest
and Aegisthus
8— XIV.
to
what takes
receive from
produce this
2
a less artistic method,
aids.
Those who employ
a sense not of the terrible
to create
but of the monstrous, are strangers to the purpose of
Tragedy
;
we must not demand
for
of
Tragedy any and
every kind of pleasure, but only that which to
And
it.
afford
is
since the pleasure
is
proper
which the poet should
3
that which comes from pity and fear through
evident that this quality must be impressed
imitation,
it is
upon the
incidents.
Let us then determine what are the circumstances
which
strike us as terrible or pitiful.
Actions capable of this effect must happen between 4 persons
who
are either friends or enemies or indifferent
to one another.
If an
enemy
kills
an enemy, there
is
nothing to excite pity either in the act or the intention,
—
except so far as the suffering in itself
again with
indifferent
persons.
incident occurs between those
E
is
pitiful.
But when the
who
So
tragic
are near or dear to
XIV.
50
o&X^o?
olap el -q
vws
4— S
1-5
eSieK/^iiov
Spa, Tovra
;:
vro?
17
fjofrepa avoKrei^ei
-
3
— :-54
^^
varcpa ^ P'^*IP rj ti, aXXo tovoutov
fieXXei
^
avv
irtipeCK.'q^itevavii
t^
^^ktrraifivrjc-rpav
Tovq ftep
^ifnfTeop.
IMvOovi \vetp ovK eoTor,
a 3
\eya
Se otop
5
25 awodaanwa-cai' vjro tou 'Opetrrtw tctu ttip *Eipt^vX.Tjv inro
rtm *A\xftalefP09, avrop Se of^iaKew
^va/tep vpa^cp,
o-a^tetrrepop.
wnrep
Set
xal tok Trapa-
to &e icdXuf_Tl \eyofLev,
SeBofMhmv jQtfiadai icdXa^.
yap
etrri iiep
ovrto yivetrBat rijv 6
vaXoioi ewolaup elSora^
01
^vyvda-
ictu
30 aicapTtKt KoOdvep mcu ^E^pnnZitp ivoltfo-ep airoKreivovaav ravn
?a«2ia?
eartp
Mj^Seidv.
"npr
Be
irpa^qd,
fjuev,
opfPoovpTtK Be wpa^at to Setpop, &ff wrrepav avayvwpujai Twpf ^>iXiap,
aup 35
e^
atrwep 6
So^KXeou^ OlM-vouq' rovro
rov BpdfiamK, ep
AXxpaiav 6
S* airry
^
'AjcrrvSofutpro^
Tpavpa-na, X^hvaa^eZ.
en
t§ TpaiyaBia
6 TijXe^opo^ 6 ev
Be rpirop
fieXXopTa voiesp ri tAp aPfjKearap &'
plaaA wplp wot^eu.
to t€ yap piapop
owaBih yap
.
Bemepop.
ej(€i,
Kpeopra 6 MpMBP.
fieXriap Be to aypooupra pep
ftrj firj
elhoTai;,
Trpa^ai
Ktu ov rpayiKov
Biavep ovBels voiei opoiofi,
olap ep 'ApTtyopg top
a, pri oXtydKi<:,
to C€ irpa^ai 8
vpa^u, Trpd^avra
2& elntfta' apogc. : dkwftBf A*. Si. i 'Aki^MiMW i Gsryj^ : o "AXu3& Poet vmfk -Tmhrm, <:Td /fidXSdggm yim&ffmirnL tsml p-i) arv^gm, mi. tvm{pra»- eooL TaMtau: vn^ -rs&m, sedas. M. Jy^^iwit ri Bmite : -vdv AF. 1V% a, S-7. Hmms ocduaem Urn, T^&aem&am CoaaeJt Sosamdlhl: ^Sknw Si vA T^tevrmm, l^iyu Sk &a> . . . aptrypaiurm eodd.
,
l^
IW
vScfisai-
Kfihne^v Si
-ri
7
Ktu vapa Tavra ovk eartv aWtot;.
yap vpa^oA opajic^ ^ §171 Koi aSoras rj 40 TouTtap Se TO pep ytwaaKopra peXXSjaai tc€u
iss&z
6
t^
vapa rtwra ro ajpouw avayvco-
ri
j(jdpurrap-
/jl^v
olov
AffmSvTU )ih>
.
.
.
iamrp>i^iema.- -rk
-re
ykp
iu.a.pat'
S
4—
51
kills,
or intends to
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XIV. one another kill,
—
for
if,
example, a brother
a brother, a son his father, a mother her son, a son
any other deed
his mother, or
of the kind
are the situations to be looked for
by the
done
is
—
indeed destroy the framework of the received legends
was
that Clytemnestra
fact, for instance,
and Eriphyle by Alcmaeon
—
these
He may not
poet.
—
the 5
by Orestes
slain
but he ought to show invention
of his own,
and skilfidly handle the traditional material. Let
us explain
more
what
clearly
meant by
is
skiKiil handling.
The action may be done consciously and with knowledge of the persons, in the
manner
indeed that Euripides makes
It is thus
but done in ignorance, and the
an example.
the
slay her
may
be done,
;
but cases occur where
the action of the play
:
one
Astydamas, or Telegonus is
of kinship or friendof Sophocles
Here, indeed, the incident
drama proper
Again, there
tie
The Oedipus
ship be discovered afterwards. is
Medea
Or, again, the deed of horror
children.
a
third
may
in case,
the
6
of the older poets.
it
is
outside
falls
within
Alcmaeon
cite the
Wounded
of
Odysseus.
where some one
is
just 7
about to do some irreparable deed through ignorance,
and makes the discovery before
done or not done, all
persons,
and then not
without 1454
—and
But of
a therefore,
instance,
is
being
that wittingly or unwittingly.
to act.
tragic,
These are
done.
these ways, to be about to act
for
is
the worst.
knowing the It is
shocking
no disaster follows.
It
never, or very rarely, found in poetry.
however,
is
in
threatens to kiU Creon. tlu\t
it
For the deed must either be
the only possible ways.
the Antigone, where
The next and
the deed should be perpetrated.
better
Still
is,
One
Haemon way
is
better, that
S
:
vlov
Be
KoX iv
at
TOVTO,
dX)C diro
Te^i/779
dvayKa^ovrai ovv
TTOtoy?
XV
ovv
jiev
'TTepl
5
Tvepl Be
rd
rerrapd
€v p-ev Kal TvpoyTov
oirco'^
idv wcnrep iXej^drj
iroifj
20 irpoaipea-lv Be
iv
riva
ye
dvBpelov 25 dvBpeiav
Kparel
5.
Tt
p,ev
<5^
^a^epa;' Aid., Bekker. <:T}Tt.s
t)
(pvyrjv
aXK"
5 coni.
Diintzer
:
TpiTov
Trpd^a
ecmv
'^pTjarr}
Kal
ydp 2
ecrTiv
Be to o/xocov.
"EWt;
9.
20.
Vahlen
'AvtiStttj
:
to
tovto 3
Valckenaer.
secludendum, Tiva <S>7j Bywater:
Trpoalpeaiv rivaiji A'^: §
(? cf.
irpoaipefflv Tiva
irpoaipeffiv Tiva, (pavXov
apfj.6TTovTa coni.
tj
rj
dpfioTTOv yvvaLKi
ov'^
Tr\€l> arov Tucker.
19.
&v>
Be ^do<; p,ev
^prjcrrijv.
ydp yvvq iarcv
elvat.
vel
Kal
iKavci)<;.
e^ei
\0709
6
olKLWi
Bel aro^d^ecrdai,
a>v
y.
(jiavepbv
rd
tovtcov to p,ev yelpov, to Be oXtw?
rjOo';,
Betvr]v
r}
drro
av(TTdaea><;
eiprjTaL
BevTepov Be Ta dpfioTTOVTa'
iaTcv.
(jiavXov
icrrcv
'^prjo-rd
Kal
tcroi
ovk
irdOrj.
•^priarbv Be idv
[77],
eKoxTTW yevei'
Bov\o
ravra^
iirl
Bel Tov
tjOtj
TroWd
Trepl
ydp
TrpayfiuTcov
roiv
rrj'i
elvat
Tivd
rrj
evpov to tocovtov irapaa-Kevd^etv
diravrdv 6aai<; rd roiavra (TVfi^e^rjKe 1
rbi'
dveyvcopiaev,
ov
ecprjrat,
^7]TovvTe<;
elcrlv.
rv')(7}<;
iv Tol
aXK"
ov,
iKBiBovac fxeWcov dveyvcoptaev.
iraXai
oirep
TpayipBlaL
McpoTT?/ fxeWei
r/
Be
dBeX^rj rov dBeXipov, Koi iv
7)
i/i09 Tr]v fMrjrepa
yap
yevq
Kpea(f)6vT7]
airoKreivei
^I(J3C'yev€La
rfj
'EW77 10 Bid
tw
olov iv
aTTOKTelveiv,
7]
KpariaTov Be to reXevralov, 9
avayvMpKTiii iKTrXrjKTLKOv. \ej(o
4—25
1454 a
3-
to re yap /xiapov ov irpocrecrriv koI
Be dvajvoopiaai' 5
8— XV.
XIV.
52
Arab.)
:
< ^xoira,
biroia.
tis
Siv> y
fxh eav (pavXi) 3, xpTjurw k.t.\. apogr.
Vahlen, probante Gomperz,
24. rt ^609
Gomperz 23. to
Hermann
*tui A^ ovrm Vabl. coUato Pol. iii. 4, t6 apogr. 9jdos codd. 1277 b 20. Desunt in Arabe verba t^j dpdpeiav ehai, quorum vieem ut appareat haec clausula, 'ne quidem in ea omnino' (Margosupplet TO
:
:
.
liouth).
Unde
Diels ry dvSpeiav
veram lectionem
Teiecerit,
.
.
.
scribendum
.
.
dvai glossema esse arbitratus quod esse
coni.
ware
fi-qd^
<palve<76ai
;
8— XV.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XIV. it
53
3
should be perpetrated in ignorance, and the discovery
made
There
afterwards.
case
when
the best, as
is
is
then nothing to shock
produces a startling
wliile the discovery
So in the Iphigenia, the
life.
liis
in
up.
This, then,
when on
why
is
who he
is,
the
sister recognises
the point of giving her
a few families only, as has been
already observed, furnish the subjects of tragedy.
was not
art,
is
spares
Again in the Helle, the son
time.
recognises the mother
us,
last 9
Merope
in the Cresphontes
about to slay her son, but, recognising
brother just
The
effect.
It
but happy chance, that led poets to look for
such situations and so impress the tragic quality upon
course
to
are compelled, therefore, to have re-
They
their plots.
those houses whose
history contains
moving
incidents like these.
Enough has now been
XV
said concerning the structure
and the proper constitution
of the incidents,
of the plot.
In respect of Character there are four things to be
aimed
Now of
it
any kind will be expressive of character
will be
good
if
to each class.
slave
;
being, to
and most important,
First,
at.
must be good.
any speech or action that manifests moral purpose
aim
the purpose
is
Even a woman may be
though the
woman may
but for a
propriety.
woman
appropriate.
to
There
is
is
relative
good, and also a
The second thing
a type of
be valiant, or
Thirdly, character
the character
be said to be an inferior
and the slave quite worthless. at is
:
This rule
good.
terrible,
2
manly valour would be
must be true
to life
:
infor 3
XV. 3—7-
54
rod
'yap erepov
wcTTrep
Ti?
ava)fia\o
to
-^prjcrTOV
y
ttjv
tw
iv
ri6ov
T^9 Me\avi7nr7}<;
Tj
35
XP^
^^
^^
'^^''
ware
rov
dva
rocovrov
rd
ecKO'i,
kol
rj
dvajKalov ^
roiavra rovro
on
rwv
i]
M?;8e/a drrb
iv rfj
rov diroirXovv dXXd Bpd/jiaro
elBevat,
Tj
ocra rrpo
fXTj-yavfj
rov
rj
ytveaOai
rj
Kal rd
f^rj
ra
'IXtaoi
rfj
'^prjareov iirl
ra
rrepi,
rov
e^(o
a ou^ olov re dvOpwrrov
fye
d Betrai
varepov,
ocra
rj
Kal iv
fir]Yavrj
eLK0<;,
nrparreiv
i^ avrov Bel rod /ivdov av/j,/3aiveLV Kal
1454 b yu.u^(uv
irpa'y- 6
ro
rj
rovro
fMerc
(f)avepov ovv
eiK6
Xeyetv
varepa.
rrj
rfj
to dvajKalov
rj
Av\IBl
iv
rj
iKerevovaa
rj
warrep Kol iv
TjOecTiv
'^^^'^
avarda-ei del ^Tjrelv
fjudrcov
5
eotKev
fMij
ZKvWrf Kat
Trj
rov Be dvco/xaXov
pijai^,
ovBev yap
Kai
aTTpeTTOv'i
dpfxoTTOvrof; 6 re 6pr]vo
^ItpLyeveia'
ecTTiv 5
dvayKaia^ olov
firj
rov Be
'OpeaTrj,
tolovtov
Kat
dvcofiaXov Sec eivac.
r)6o<; viroTLOel'^, 6fjiQ)
6
Kav
ofxaXov.
irape^cov
/Jbifjirjcrcv
30 Be 7rapd8eL
to
8e
5
koI apfjuoTTOV iroLrjaaL
ojdo'i
reraprov
eiprjrac.
26—1454 b
1454 a
Kai
rrpoa'yopevcreco'i
'The manly character is indeed sometimes found even in a woman yap dvdpeiov fxev rb ^dos), but it is not appropriate to her, so that it never appears as a general characteristic of the sex.' Sed hoc aliter dicendum fuisse suspicari licet itaque Susemihl huiusmodi aliquid tentavit, wcrre firjS^ (palveadai iv avrrj ws iwiivav, vel Cos eiriwav dndv: 'There is indeed a character (rt 17^05) of manly courage, but it is not appropriate to
KadSXov
:
(^(mi/
;
a
woman, and as a secludendum
fort,
quem
Spengel,
Bywater
:
seq.
E. 33.
Exemplum
Sus.
Bywater,
(Margoliouth).
refert,
not found in her at
Hermann
dprirai.
Susemihl.
ed.
1,
:
32.
rj
1454 b
3.
post vcrrepov disting.
pTJffis
coni.
tQv /jlvBuv
:
38.
;
cf.
<ws>
tQv rjOQv S, ut videtur dirXovv
5.
A'=.
R. Hardie, qui dyyeXlas ad
wpoayopevaeus ad Saa varepov.
seclus.
Bywater.
Vettori
Hermann.
dTrovXovv apogr., S:
W.
olov
'Odvaa^ws
intercidisse
dvayKoiov 39.
fort, recte.
e'iprjTai
uxrirep statuit
dvayKalou A*^: dvayKalov apogr.,
30.
37 et 38.
Cbawep
27.
all.'
lacunam ante
:
dvayKa^of] Gomperz.
[/xrj
Christ.
tov dvo/xoiov post
Susemihl, Christ.
Commate
is
iiTrep
dvayKaias Thurot
Miiller,
Kal TovTo
rule :
fiira
Trph
rod
— ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XV. 3—7 this is a distinct thing
the
of the
subject
be inconsistent,
is
imitation,
consistency
who
:
for
we have
of character gratuitously bad,
in the
though 4
suggested the type,
he must be consistently inconsistent.
still
As an example Menelaus
from goodness and propriety, as here
The fourth point
described.
55
Orestes:
of
5
character indecorous and
inappropriate, the lament of Odysseus in the Scylla, and
the speech of Melanippe at Aulis,
—
her later
As
:
of inconsistency, the Iphigenia
for Iphigenia the suppliant in
no way resembles
self.
in the structure of the plot, so too in the por- 6
traiture of character, the poet should always at the
necessary or the probable.
aim
Thus a person
either of a
given character should speak or act in a given way, by the rule either of necessity or of probability
just as
event should follow that by necessary or probable
this
sequence. of the plot, 1454 b
;
It
is
no
therefore evident that the unravelling 7
less
than the complication, must arise out
of the plot itself, it
Deus
ex Machina,
—
as
must not be brought about by the in the
the Greeks in the Iliad.
Medea, or in the Eeturn
The Deus
ex
of
Machina should
be employed only for events external to the drama,for
antecedent or subsequent events, which
the range of
human knowledge, and which
lie
beyond
require to be
ayyeXla'i'
airavra
akoyov Se
firjhev elvau
eVet Se
tw
1)
rpajMSla
e^co
jjurj,
So^o/cA-eou?.
/SeXriovcov
dya6ov<;
tov<;
fjUfietadat
tm
OISlttoSc
opdv.
6€0t<;
Kad >
eKelvoL a7ro8cS6vTe
Td
TavTa
irapa
ef dvdjKrj<;
Kt,
to,
Brj
tov
olov
aKkrjpoTrjro'i]
0/jLr]po<;.
TTOcrjTtKr]'
Troirjrrjv
raXka
/juLfiov-
rotavra
tcl
tcov rjdcov, toiovtov; 6vTa
eirl
{TrapdhetyjJba '
ovtw koi tov
'Ypd(f>ovcnv'
Kol opytkov^ koI pa6vfiov<; koI
8
Koi
elKOvojpa(f)ov
KaWLOV
Kol
20
Tot<;
Te
ej(pvra
airoSlSofiev
iv T049 Trpdyfiacrtv, el 8e
yap
fjievov
1
6—29
to iv
iariv
/jbl/jirjai
Bel
rj/j,d<;,
1454 b
3.
Tpa
Trj
10
7— XVI.
XV.
56
'A^iWea ^Ayddoov
ScaTrjpelv
Set
kol Trpo? TOVTOL
dKo\ovdovaa
ala6j](Tei<;
ttj
KoX
e'iprjTai,
Be
avTOiV iv
irepl
toI<;
iKBeSofievoi,
X07019
licav(xi<;.
XVI
dvayvcapiaa Be
tl /xev
•^pcovTaL Bl' dnropiav, fiev
25 dcrTepa
o'iov
KOL TOVTcov Tu
Bid TOiV
rj
tw
iv
t6 vel
tQ apogr.
ttj^ rb
:
goliouth collate Arabe
:
ov\rj<;
1
A"
:
ra Aid.
17
(R. Ellis).
:
ol
TrXela-TT)
apogr.
A".
:
29.
<6>
iificis
A°: 5« apogr. A".
irXeia-Tyj
i)
(tk6l4>7)s
eKTO'^,
cr/ca^?;?.
'^elpov, olov 3
7)
^ Kad'
rets A'=.
irepiUpaia Pazzi et apogr. pauca
olov apogr.
9.
St]
:
:
27.
Ta Be r?/?
Stahr, Mar-
15. Trapdd€iyfj,a
Bywater. 16. 5?? Se? Aid., Bekker rd vel Ttt Trapa tols apogr. ras Trapa pauca.
rj
dveyvccpiaOrj vtto t?)9
dX\,a)
^^Ss codd.
"
Be iTTiKTr/Ta,
to,
^ekTtov
r)
elBrj
TrXeiaTr)
Vrj'yevel'i
Tvpoi Btd
tt]
Kal TovTOL
ecTTLV Be
^OBvaaev
^opovcn
€v T&> adifxaTL, olov ovKai,
jjbev
fj
tovtoov Be Ta 2
cnj/xeicov.
rjv
Kap/ciVo?,
%ve(JTr)
Ta irepiBepaca Kal olov iv
8.
uTe^voTdTT] koI
rj
" Xoj^rjv
olov
avfji(f)VTa,
irpoTepov
ecTTLV, e'iprjTai
Be dvajV(oplcreco
:
'Odvffcrevs
'
:
irepidippea
ensis
'
Arabs,
Bywater.
17. ras
23.
A=
wapa
aTex'^^To-Tri apogr.
22.
:
ij
apogr.
vepl
a-ird6r]s
:
•^
A^.
dipaia Aid.
2, ut videtur
7— XVI.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XV. reported or foretold
for to the
:
we
power
ascribe the
Within the action there must be
of seeing all things.
If the irrational cannot be excluded,
nothing irrational. it
gods
57
3
Such
should be outside the scope of the tragedy.
is
the irrational element in the Oedipus of Sophocles.
Again, since Tragedy are above the
common
an imitation
is
form
distinctive
which the
true to
is
in
poet,
indolent,
preserve Achilles
the
of
a
likeness
So too
men who
representing
or
have
other
the
type
and yet ennoble
is
make
beautiful.
original,
and yet more
life
defects
are
irascible
or
should
character,
of
In this way
it.
portrayed by Agathon and Homer.
Nor should
These are rules the poet should observe. lie
8
portrait-
They, while reproducing
painters should be followed.
the
who
of persons
example of good
level, the
9
neglect those appeals to the senses, which, though not
among the
concomitants of poetry
essentials, are the
here too there
is
much room
But
for error.
;
for
enough
of this
has been said in the published treatises.
XVI
We
What
Eecognition
will
now enumerate
First, the wit, is
been
has
is
its
least artistic
Of these some are congenital, the earth-born race bear on
by Carcinus
acquired after birth as scars
;
;
explained.
form, which, from poverty of
most commonly employed
introduced
already
kinds.
in
—
—
recognition
such as
'
their bodies,' his
by
signs.
the spear which 2
Thyestes.
or the stars
Others are
and of these some are bodily marks,
some external tokens,
as necklaces, or the little
ark in the Tyro by which the discovery
is effected.
these admit of more or less skilful treatment. the recognition of Odysseus
by
Even
Thus
in
his scar, the discovery is
3
:
XVI.
58 30 Tpocf)ov KoX
3
TreyotTrere/a?,
(acnrep
a ^oiiXerao
6
eveyKelv. 1455 a (pcov^.
TpLTT)
hia
roU
yap Tov KiOapiaTOv Kal rerdpTT}
on
Hor)(p6poi<;,
eiBov TOV cro
dpa
yap
Kal
eXijXvOev.
etVo?
r
7]
<6>
34.
fit
vicinum
eo
quod
Toia{iTr]
W.
Bywater
'OpeVrT^s
Spengel. '
ev
4>y)(fi-,
TpLTT]
t(J5
" KepKiSos 7]
Ac.
3.
:
(pcovriv
apogr.
xXo^^6pots
Reiz
'Opea-r-qs seclus.
d.Tro\6y(p apogr. 7. A<^.
r;
kXvu)."
fix^ecr^at
A<=.
(pLvidan
5'
:
Jlo\v-
yap rov Kal
Kal
vocem 7)
Diels sec. Arabem.
Vahlen,
S
38. Alia
A.'^.
'^ocpoKXeovs Trjpel
R. Hardie coni. TOLavrr]
rj
rj
yap rov tottov avveXoylaavro
dixit Sophocles se audiisse 5'
ovOeh
©eoBcKTOV TvBel,
Kal iv to3
36. 5td ^771/s rt
dioTi tyyii^
:
:
iv 6
Be
irvOr)
d8e\(pr)
ore iXOcbv &)9 evprj(7cov vlov avTO'; djroWvTat.
Tot9 ^cvelBaif;, IBovcrat
rrjv
olov
ofioi,o<;
^l(f>iyeveia<;'
on
avWoyiaacrdai,
OpecTTTjv
ISovra, 5
ri
avWoyLcrfiov,
iXrfKvOev,
T7]
10 avT(p av/M^aivet dvecrOat.
K6pKlBo<;
rrj'i
alaOecrOai
ihaKpvaev, 66ev aveyvw-
e'/c
97
n<;
ofioto'i
rj
^AXklvov a-TTokoyw, aKOVwv
/jLvrjcrOel^;
Be
'OpecTTT;?, ovro'i
6
Trjpel
rat
iyyvf rt
yap av evia kol
e^rjv
A.iKatoyevov
iv
7)
areyvot. 4
'Opeo-T?;?-
Bcb
/iivdo<;'
earlv,
fjiVT]/ji,7]
KuTrptoi?
picrdTjcrav.
on
eKeivo^ he avro^ \eyet
Xo(/)o«A,eoi'9
ypa^7]v €K\avaev, Kal
plcrd-q
at /xev
fieXriovi.
iroirjTov, hio
aX\' ou^
dfjiaprla'?
tm
iv
rj
77
yap
elal
^iiTTpoi'i,
rov
t?}? i7naTo\7J
Kal iv rj
rot?
iv
7)
7roir]Tr]<;
elpijfievrj'i
dXX
^ ^^
\<^L
rrj
yap Bia
35 eKeivrj fxev
5
— 1455
crv^oroiv'
tcov
ireiroirjixevai, vtto
olov ^0pe(7Tri<; iv
uiairep
vtto
aX\ci)<;
Sevrepat 8e al
Tr]<;
1454 b 30
6.
eveKa are^vorepac, Kal al rotavraL rraaai, at he
iricTTew'i etc
—
ttjs
cf.
contempti
KepKidos
ey t(^ [2o0o/cXe'oiis
39.
17
?]
'
"
T-qpel
sunt in
(Arabs) Ati/ulos"
"
ttj^
fort-
;
:
unde
dvavdov,"
Spengel: ijroi. rrjt. A° 1455 a 2. rots apogr, rrjt :
:
dTrd X6ywi' A°. :
cpuivrj
Tplrr]
Gomperz.
IToXueiSou apogr.
dveyvu-
Arab, 'quam ob causam
legisse videtur, 'haec
radii
iv
rrjv
6.
Xo7}(p6poLs
UoXveldovs A°.
12.
Vettori ^iveldaL^
;
3—6
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XVI.
made
in one
— — is
way by
The use
men.
59
the nurse, in another by the herds-
of tokens for the express purpose of proof
and, indeed, any formal proof with or without tokens is
a less artistic
mode
A
of recognition.
better kind
that which comes about by a turn of incident, as in
the Bath Scene in the Odyssey.
Next come the poet,
recognitions invented at will by the 4
and on that account wanting
Orestes
in
Iphigenia
the
She, indeed,
Orestes.
makes
For example,
in art.
the
reveals herself
that
fact
known by
he
is
the letter
but he, by speaking himself, and saying what the poet, not what the plot requires.
This, therefore, is nearly
above mentioned
allied to the fault
:
—
for Orestes
instance
the
is
'
voice of the shuttle
might
Another similar
as well have brought tokens with him. '
in the Tereus of
Sophocles.
The
1455 a
memory when
third kind depends on
some object awakens
a
feeling
as
:
the sight of 5
the Cyprians of
in
Dicaeogenes, where the hero breaks into tears on seeing the picture
;
or again in the
Lay
'
of Alcinous,'
where
Odysseus, hearing the minstrel play the lyre, recalls the past and weeps; and hence the recognition.
The fourth kind the Choephori
:
by process of reasoning.
'
me
no one resembles come.'
is
— Some
Such too
one resembling
but Orestes
:
altar
like
my
to
sister.'
make,
I
lose
my own
life.'
'
I
So too
:
It
was a natural
So I too must die at the
again,
So,
Theodectes, the father says,
'
in 6
come
made by Iphigenia
in the play of Polyeidus the Sophist. reflection for Orestes
Thus
has
therefore Orestes has
the discovery
is
me
came in
in
the
to find
the
Tydeus
my
sou,
riiineidae
:
of
and the
:
on
€lfiap/x€vr]v
ecopaKGL, TO
Kal
eiKOToov,
Bi'
^\<^iyeve[a'
Trj
iraadv he
olov [6]
OSvcrael
yvoocreadac
rcG
ov'^
iv
at yap
a-rjfieicov
Kal TrepiBepalcov.
TotavTat
ypd/i-
iTrtOelvai
avev twv
8
ycyvo-
OIBlttoBl
%o<^OKkeov<=;
tu>
jjuovat
avayvw-
^eXTiaTrj
t?}? eK7r\7]^ea>
yap ^ovXeadac
eiKO'i
TreTToiTjfMevcov
BevTepai he at iK crvWoyia/xov.
Bel Be T0U9 fxvdov; crvviaTavai Kal
25 epyd^eadai otl /xdXiaTa
yap av ivapyeaTaTa
koX
avTal
eKeivov avayvwpiovvTO^ hia tovtov,
8?)
fxaTa.
XVII
tm
iv ecpT]
ef avTOiv tmv Trpay/xuTCOv
97
fjLev7)<;
w?
8e,
olov
yap to ro^ov
irapaXoyia/jbov.
eTTolrjae /otfji?
Oarepov,
6 puev
'ylrevBayyeXo)-
13—33
eariv Be ri? Kal avvderr] €K 7
evravda.
rou
15 TrapaXoyta/jbov
1455 a
2.
tovtw eL/xapro airoOavelv
iv
i^ereOrjcrav
•yap
20
6— XVII.
XVI.
60
irpo
Xe^ec avvair-
Trj
o/xf^aToov TiOe/xevov
opcov Mcnrep irap
[0]
ovtco
avTol<; yiyvd-
p.evo% T0%
av XavOdvoL \to\
30
6
yap
ar^fielov
'A/x,(^iapao9
Be
BvvaTov Kal
yap
TaTOt
tovto
Bvar-^epavdvTcav
i^eireaev
diro
tt)^
avTrj
Ac.
rr}?
iv
ol
(f)vcreco'i
Hermann:
dvrjei, qKT}vrj
oaa
OeaTOiv.
avvaTrepya^ofxevov.
Tol
Tov Oarepov Bursian, praeeunte
tojv
tovtov o
i^ lepov
opoiVTa \tov 6eaTriv'\ ekdvOavev, eVt Be
[xr]
15.
virevavTla.
to,
J^apKivo)'
iireTL/jbaTO
Be
'TrtOava)- 2
Tol'i
irddeaiv
tov Oedrpov codd.
16.
Tyrwhitt d)s 5t' codd. 18. Locus autem prope desperatus est. Multo plura legisse videtur Arabs quam nostri codices praebent' (Margoliouth). 19. iKTrXrj^euis apogr.: TrXij^ews A°: rrjs e/cTrX^^ews €Ik6tu}v cm. Arabs. 20. 6 seclns. Vahlen i] apogr. 22. pauca. ai yap roLavraL vepibepaiuv seclus. Gomperz. 23. Tre pidepaiuv apogr. (cf. 1454 b 27), Vahlen ed. 3: depeuv A^: depalwu Vahlen ed. 2. 6
fih apogr.
rb
:
Aid.,
(irolrjffe
ixev
Bekker
:
17.
TroLrjaai
uis 5tj
:
codd.
'
.
.
.
:
.
.
24. a-vvaTrepyd^ecrdai
.
:
ivepyidTara A°. ^apogr.
hv
:
6
A''.
elrj
dwepyd^eardai. Suseniihl.
om. Aid. 30.
dearriv seclusi (simili errore irrepsit)
credo,
fir]
:
inscius
Tyrwhitt
:
bpCovr :
rbv
opGivra codd.
:
bpGivr
29.
hv Vahlen.
dvrjei.
rbv
1358 a 8 roiis aKpoaras in textum [^earV] Gomperz, emendationis meae,
Rhet.
aTbv ttoltjttiu
26. evapyeffrara apogr.
rb om. apogr.
28.
i.
Dacier,
2,
Suseniihl.
33.
dw'
codd. lect. confirmare videtur Arabs (Margoliouth).
avTrjs
rrjs
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XVI.
women, on seeing the
we
doomed
are
Again, there
is
to
6— XVII.
place, inferred their fate
die,
here
for
we were
61
2
:
— Here '
cast
forth.'
a recognition combined with a false in- 7
ference on the part of one of the characters, as in the
A
Odysseus Disguised as a Messenger.
would know the bow, This remark led
man
said he
—-which, however, he had not seen.
Odysseus to imagine that the other
would recognise him through the bow, thus suggesting a false inference.
But, of
all
which
recognitions, the best is that
arises 8
from the incidents themselves, where the startling covery
made by
is
Such
natural means.
Oedipus of Sophocles, and in the Iphigenia;
for it
natural that Iphigenia should wish to despatch a
These recognitions alone dispense with the of tokens or necklaces.
Next come the
dis-
that in the
is
was
letter.
artificial aid
recognitions
by
process of reasoning.
In constructing the plot and working
XVII
proper
the
diction,
the
should
poet
as far as possible, before his eyes.
In
this
everything with the utmost vividness, as spectator of the action, he will discover
with
it,
and be most unlikely
The need Carcinus.
of such a rule is
shown by
is
he were a in keeping
the fault found in
way from of one who
his
This fact escaped the observation
On
scene,
way, seeing
if
what
out with the
to overlook inconsistencies.
Amphiaraus was on
the situation.
it
place
the temple. did not see
the stage, however, the piece failed,
the audience being offended at the oversight.
Again, the poet should work out his play, to the best
of
those
who
his feel
power,
with
appropriate
gestures
;
for 2
emotion are most convincing by force of
XYII. 2—5.
62 Kol
elaiv
14£5
\>
koI
17 '^aXeiralvei
evcpvov'?
Kol
\6yov<;
av Oewpelcrdai to KadoXov, olov
5
TvOeta-T]^
Tcvo<;
Ovaacnv,
iBpvvOeLar]';
rov<;
^]v
koI
Koprj<;
Se
(rb Se otl
oXXtjv '^copav,
Tov KaOoXov \e\6elv
eKei],
10 fivOov), e\6d)v Be koI \ri<^del
eW
picrev,
Kara ro
J
w?
eiK0
o)?
IIoA-iJetSo?
/xera
ravra Se
7;
77877
fjuavia
Bi
7^?
ra
e\7](j)67j
eTreiaoSia, olov ev
Kal
rj
re apogr. 38.
:
Ka66\ov Vahlen. TOV
i^eraffTiKoi
codd.
rS
rd erreLaoSca
S
^Opearr]
Kaddp-
rrj<;
crvvrofjua, 5
(Diels).
to^tovs re
37.
roiis
vel roijs
tovtovs re A<= (Vahlen, Christ), sed ne Graece qiiidem dieitur.
TrapeiXTj/x/jLivovs
reiueiv A<^.
e'^oj
:
dSe\(f)7]v
awrTjpia.
7)
Sta
<j(j)r7]pia
36. Var. lect. eSirXaa-Toi et drrXaffroL habuisse videtur
eKaraTLKol cod. Vettori
eiroirjaev,
vrroOevra ra ovofxara eTreiaoBcovv, 4
ev p,ev ovv rot? hpdpiacnv
aecof;.
iXdecv
e^w rod
rrjv
Kal avrov eSei rvOrjvai, Kal evrevOev
Se earat oiKela
lepw-
Tr)v
6 re Si,
ecf)^
dWa 5 OTTft)?
toI<; vo/jio';
fj
dveadai fxeXXcov dveyvo)-
ovk apa fxovov
ore
Be
^eo? Bia rtva alriav,
6
koX
eW^
^vpiirLhrj^ eirroiv
ev
avve^rj
aSeXcfxM
tc3
civeTXev
iepeia<;
€^(o
aSrjXco'i
Oew, ravTrjv eo-^e
tt}
vcrrepov
Tr]<;
Xejco
^l(f)i>y€peia
Trj
a(f)aviadeLcn]'?
Se et?
6vetv
^eVof
'^pov
01
Tov
avrov iroiovvra eKriOeadat Ka6-
koI
oXov, eW^ ovTO)'i eTreLaohiovv koX irapaTeivetv. ovTco<;
6
iroLrjriKi'i
t)
evifKaaroi
[xev
01
re
TOv
elcriv.
Set
7r€7roLr]/jievov^
8io
tovtwv
ixaviKoi)'
rj
34—1455 b
yeLixal^ofxevo^
0X7)6 ivcarara.
eKaraTLKOi
8e
6
•^eiixaivei
35 opyL^o/x€vo<; icTTiv
1455 a
9.
coni. Vahlen.
KadSXov:
fort.
KaddXov (Diintzer, Susemihl).
olim Vahlen.
1455 b 2. irapaTdveiv Vettori Vahlen. 10. fj.v6ov
/jlv6ov
Secludendum videtur aut 17.
eXdelv
e/cet
(Bekker
dveyvuplaOr]
5pdfia(nv (vel da-fiacn) apogr.
:
:
:
irepi-
fort.
ed. 3) aut
M. Schmidt,
apfiaatv A'^.
et
;
ARISTOTLE'S TOETICS XVII. 2—5
One who
sympathy.
angry rages, with
is
agitated
most
the
63
one who
storms,
is
Hence
reality.
life-like
poetry implies either a happy gift of natnre or a strain
any character
proper
made
for the
amplify in
he should
for himself,
it
and then
outline,
A
young
girl is sacrificed
who
mysteriously from the eyes of those
is
up
offer
ministry she
is
him
ordered
strangers to the
all
The
when on the The mode of
recognition
:
— So '
who was doomed
in
it
to
is
outside
is seized,
and,
who he
is.
be either that of Euripides
whose
was not
this
some reason
coming
again, of his
may
To
he
play
my
sister
be sacrificed
'
exclaims
very
only, but I too,
and by that remark
;
saved.
After fill
in
relevant
this,
the to
his
the names being once given, episodes.
the
example, there
and
her
the general plan of
point of being sacrificed, reveals
Polyeidus,
of
naturally
to
by
later her brother
However, he comes, he
the action proper.
is
sacrificed
fact that the oracle for
to go there, is outside
The purpose,
the play.
he
illustrated
she disappears
;
goddess.
Some time
appointed.
chances to arrive.
or
sketch
transported to another country, where the custom
is
to
ready 3
it
first
the episodes and
in
fill
The general plan may be
detail.
the Iphigenia.
she
out of his
lifted
is
whether the poet takes
story,
or constructs
general
its
can take the mould
in the other, he
;
self.
As 1455 b
man
In the one case a
of madness.
of
is
action.
We In
it
remains 4
must see that they the
case
of
Orestes,
are for
the madness which led to his capture,
deliverance
by means
In the drama, the episodes are
of the purificatory rite.
short,
but
it
is
these that 5
?}
8'
tovtol<;
iiroiroLla
20
5— XVIII.
XVII.
64
TToWa Kal
icTTiV
OSvaaela^
yap
Tr]<;
nvo^
a7roBr)fiovvT6<;
errj
TrapacpvXarro/jLevov vTrb rov IIo(TetB(Ovo
VTTO
ockoi
tcov
Be
ert
fiovov 6vT0<;, '^p-tjfJMTa
fxrjKvveTaL.
A,0709
6
fiUKpb'i
18—38
1455 b
2.
eTTi^ovXevecrOac,
avTo
eyovrwv ware ra
ovTco
dva\lcrK€a$ac
fxvrjarrjpcov
acfjiKvelrac
hrj
rov
kol
vlov
Kal
'^eifMaadel';
dvayvwplcra'i ore avTO
8'
ej^Opom
dWa XVII [
30
earo Be
rd
fiev
rb
Be
XoLTTov
'keyw
Xutrt?.
r]
Becnv
Be
pepov<;
'^^^
'^o'^'^'O^
P'^XP''
rd re TrpoTreirpaypeva Kal
35 Kal TTaXiV alridcreo)';
19.
pev
avrojv S^ *
r)
rov davdrov recrcrapa,
elal
eXBr)
"f*
fxiKpbt
apogr.
Castelvetro.
21.
seclusi
:
els Si'crri'Xtaj' d'
sermo non
S:
e-n-ei
>
lect.
^>
addenda
A^.
Bywater
iroXXd/cis
28.
.
23.
ort avrbs
:
.
.
oXov '
alios secutus
esse coni. Vahlen.
i]> coni. Vahlen:
i]
35.
e.
ov
IloaeLdwvos seclus. St? :
coni.
Vahlen
:
riuai airrbs olim
post ^^uOev collocavit 31.
<(Tv/j.^aivei
:
earlv
Arabs, h.
eonfirmat Arabs (Margoliouth).
Gomperz,
Tf;9
iXe^dV']
p^eprj
rb
est longus
20. Trapa(pv\aTTOfj.ei'ov ^Tt apogr.,
avrbs seclus. Spengel.
dvcrrvx'-o-'^ av/jL^aivei.
Xvffis
'
:
Becn<;
rpaycpBla'? Be 2
re\ov<;.
rj<;
et?
X?}-v|rt9
<.Xvat dirb
rreirXeypevri,
24. rivas avrbs codd.
Ueberweg: codd.
"f*
rj>
@eoBeKrov
[roaavra yap Kal rd
fiaKpbs A<^
:
*
rrjv
eartv
fjberal3daea)
'^V'^
rov TraiBtov
rj
p-ey^pi' "tov
Be>
rj
/xoKpos (Margoliouth).
oe codd.
ea'^arov
Bvarvx^av avp^aivet
<el
Beai
r)
elvai
fiev
b
wcrirep ev rut Av
reXovi'
P'e'xpi'
7]
S'
ro Be \vac
Beai'i
evrvyiav, \vaiv Be rrjv aTTo t^9 dp^V'*
p,ev
ra
tovto,
XBlov
rpaywBia'i ro p.ev
ttcio-t;?
ov pera/3aLveiv
i^
ovv
fiev
e^codev Kal evta roiv ecrcodev TroXXa/ct?
dp^r]<;
CLTT
to
BiecjiOeipe.
iireiaoSta.
17
avTwv 8rj<\u}(ns, Xvais
avrQv d'
<eis
^ i^ eiirvxias
Brj
< dTrayujyri,
7]> Christ, quod
confirmare videtur Arabs, 'et ea quae patefecit, solutio autem est quod 36. rov davdrov fort, rod Aavaov (Vahlen fiebat etc. (Margoliouth). :
'
roaavra yap iX^x^V seclus. Susemilil ed. 1. rd /ivdov Sus. ed. 2 sec. Ueberweg. rd fivOwv Tyrwhitt Zeller (cf. Vahlen, qui post dvayvupiaLS 39 <.i]
et Spengel).
rd
/jL^pr)
38.
i]
:
fiev
de aTrX7J>
37.
.
.
:
cum
definitione deesse susj).).
.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XVII.
from home
for
Poseidon, and
many
arrives
against
—
them and
essence of the plot
XVIII
;
certain
is
jealously watched
Meanwhile
son.
At
length,
his true self;
man
the rest
in
is
and he
tempest-tost,
he attacks his enemies,
two
parts,
This
is
the
— Complication
Incidents extraneous
(or Ddnou&tnent).
combined with a portion of
the action proper, to form the Complication
By
by
episode.
is
into
to the action are frequently
the Unravelling.
absent
is
home
his
himself preserved.
is
Every tragedy faUs
and Unravelling
of the
A
suitors are wasting his substance
his
and reveals
destroys
he
;
left desolate.
a wretched plight
plotting
briefly.
years
65
2
Thus the story
give extension to Epic poetry.
Odyssey can be stated
5— XVIII.
the Complication I
;
the rest
mean
all
is
that
comes between the beginning of the action and the part
which marks the turning-point
The
Unravelling
beginning of
the
is
that
to
good or bad fortune.
which
comes
change and the end.
between
the
Thus, in the
Lynceus of Theodectes, the Complication consists
of the
incidents presupposed in the drama, the seizure of the child,
and then again * *
from the accusation
of
extends
murder
to the end.
There are four kinds of Tragedy,
—
first,
the < Simple, 2
then> the Complex, depending entirely on Eeversal and
XVIII.
66
—
1455 ^ 39
5-
koI dvayvMpiaL'i,
TreptTrereia 1456 a
2
Ataz/re? Koi ol ^l^loveq,
Kol
XlTyXeu?.
6
Kol
^opKiSe^;
Kal
5 fJbi'yicna
Tovcnv
ev
Xvovcrc
Be
OTrep
TO
[8e]
re
at
iwv
to,
jjurj,
crvKocpavp.epo<;
rov
d^covcrc
BiKacov 8e koI rpaycpSiav aXX.rjv koI
Sec
KaKOi
<&)9>
'la(o<;
olov
€Kel fiev
et
irXe^avre'i
KparelaOac.
del
koi
/xefMV7]cr6aL
rpaywZlav.
avcrrruLa
TrdXvjjbvdov,
yap Bia ro
'x^prj
Xe7a)
Se
'IXta8o9 oXov
T7)9
ra
Xafi^dvet,
fjLrJK0<;
/xeprj
TO Trpeirov fieyeOo^, iv Be T0t9 Bpafiacrt iro\v irapa
rrjv
vTToXrjyp'iv
'IXtoy
oKt]v
pnrlBri'i,
20 TTLTrrovcrLV
diro^aiveL.
Kal
eTTOLTjaav
rj
Nto/37;i/
KaK6i
Kal
irepaiv 5
ocroi
a-rjfielov
Be,
fir]
Kara
/u,epo
firj
wcnrep Alo-'^vXo^,
dycovi^ovrai,,
iirel
Etr-
wo-irep
eK-
i)
Kal ^AydOcov i^-
1456 a 2. TO 8^ rirapTov oijs to 8i TeparQides Scliiader to de TeparQdes < dWdrpLov > Wecklein t6 de TirapTov < tj clttXtj, olov * * irapiK^acyit 5i T] TepaTw>57]i Susemihl to 8i T^rapTov 6\pis (cf. 1458 a 6) By water sed :
:
:
:
;
hoc loco eadem iitique esse debent quae in xxiv. 1. 5. re apogr. 7e A^. 7. eKaa-TOV apogr. eKnaTov A^. 9. ovSevl Lffws (lis Bonitz ovdevl ujs Zeller oidev I'crws t(^ codd. tovto Tairb TO.
dSj) in
:
:
:
:
Teichmiiller
:
tovt(^ Bursian.
:
11.
KpaTeladai
{ci.
Polit. iv. (vii.) 13,
1331 b 38) Vahlen: habuit iam 2, 'prensarunt utrumque codd.
Te2(jdai
Susemihl, [/cat
.
.
.
Spengel
14. :
5e
pro
cm. apogr. ]^i6^t]v,
AiVx^Xos,] Reinach.
'Ekcl^tiv
19.
?)
coni.
4
irotelv
/jlt}
iiroTrouKov
rov
rL
rovro
rco fjLvdq)'
ttoWoI 8e
a/x0&)
8e
TroXXa/ci?
e'lprjTac
15 TTOtol fivOov.
Se
el
tt)9
djadov
ISlov
re
jxaXLcrTa 3
aSov.
jeyovoTcov yap Kad' eKacrrov
Xeyecv ov8ev
eiroTTouKov
o'i
olov
0779 "f
iv
€'^^lv,
avrii ttXokt] koX \v(TL
7]
olov
olov at ^Oiwrthe^
aWa)
eKaarov rov
eva v7rep/3dWeLV.
&v
ireLpdaOai
hel
T0v
TT)V avTTjv
oaa
koI
a 20
iraOrjTLKri,
rjdLKrj,
rerapTOV
he
irXela-ra,
d
10 Se,
TO
IIpo/jLT)9€v<;
airavra
ovv
fiev
"f*
Se
1)
8e
rj
— 1456
'
Arabs
add. Vahlen Valla,
:
unde
t)
:
Kpo-
'locpuiu
'Ekcl^tjv
;;
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XYIII. 2—5 Eecognition apassion),
—
next, the
;
such
motive
Pathetic (where the
the
as
67
on Ajax and
tragedies
next, the Ethical (where the motives are ethical), as the Phthiotides
such
world.
The poet should endeavour,
combine
all
;
such
the
Phorcides,
the
as
Prometheus, and tragedies whose scene
poetic merits
—
<'We here exclude
and the Peleus. kind>,
supernatural
the
is
Ixion
in the lower
is
to 3
possible,
if
or failing that, the greatest
number and those the most important
the more
;
so,
in
For whereas
face of the cavilling criticism of the day.
have hitherto been good poets, each in his own
there
now
branch, the critics
expect one
man
surpass all
to
others in their several lines of excellence.
In speaking of a tragedy as the same or best test to take
different, the
Identity exists where the
the plot.
is
Many poets
Complication and Unravelling are the same. tie
the knot well, but unravel
it
Both
ill.
arts,
how-
ever, should always be mastered.
Again, the poet should remember what has been often i
and not make a Tragedy into an Epic
said,
By an Epic plots
:
as
structure I
if,
mean one with
for instance,
you were
out of the entire story of the
owing
to
length,
its
magnitude.
In
the
Iliad.
each
part
drama
the
answering to the poet's expectation. the poets
who have dramatised
to
structure.
a multiplicity of
make a tragedy
In the Epic poem,
assumes result
proper
its is
far
The proof
is
from that 5
the whole story of the
Fall of Troy, instead of selecting portions, like Euripides or
who have taken
the whole tale of Niobe, and not a
part of her story, like Aeschylus, either
fail
meet with poor success on the
Even Agathon
stage.
utterly or
;
68
XVIII.
iirecrev
iv
5— XIX.
wv ^ovKovrai dav-
he TOVTO, OTav 6 ao^o
jjueTa
[/tiei/]
koX
%Lav(f)o<;,
dvSpeio
TOVTO
€<JTLv Se
to
TOV oXov Kol avvaycovi^ea6at 30 &cnrep So(f)OK\€l.
fxdWov TOV KaiTOi
dWov
et?
dXkcov
fiev
ovv
TOiV
koX
Biavoia
Bidvotav iv
Trjv
cBiov /jLciWov
Trepl
TOL
t?}9
€KeiV7)<;
ecrTLV
Bio
e/x-
A.yd6wvo
rj
oXov
eTreicroBiov
rj
dXV
^vpLirihr)
efx^oKiixa aSeiv
rj
dXko dpfioTTOi
Xe^e&)9
Trepl
36 irepl
Bia^epet
Tfc
koX jiopiov elvat
cocrTrep
firj
^oXifia aBovcriv TrpcoTov dp^avTO'i Tov.
koI tov yopov 7
€Ik6<;.
dWrj
?)
rjTTrjOTJ.
Be XotTTot? to, aB6p.eva
Tol
/LLvdov
Be
dBt,KO
fiev
6
e^aTraTrjOrj,
Mairep 'A
elKO'i
iroWd Kol irapd
ryivecrdac
irovripLa'i
Se eva Bel viroXa^elv tcov viroKpiTOiv,
XIX
ecmv
TpajiKov yap tovto koI (^CKdvOpwirov.
jxacnoi'i'
jdp
i
ev he rat? TreptTreTetat? [/cat iv
crro'^d^eTac
T0t9 aTrXoi? irpd'^ixacrL]
25 Mcrirep
1456 a 21—1456 b
2.
tovtw fiovw'
:'
\oLirov
ecpTjTai,
r/S?;
elTrelv.
to,
ovv
fxev
tovto yap
Keicrdco,
priToptKrj
fieOoBov.
KaTa
Be
€(tti
Be
irepl
ttjv
Bidvoiav TavTa, ocra vtto tov \6yov Bel irapaaKevacrOrivai. 40
Be tovtcov to re diroBeiKvvvai Kal to \vecv Kal to 2
p^eprj
TrapaaKevd^etv, otov eXeov
1456 b 'jrdOrj
21.
Kal iv
Tois
.
irpdyfiaai seclus.
.
.
Tucker,
dXXots
Gomperz.
irpdyfjiaffi
rai codd.
24.
aut legend. 6
<:Kal> :
Kal
uffTrep Trap'
,
Margoliouth 5iS6fj.€va
aliud
(rocpbs
etVos
coUocat
videtur
22.
confirm. Arabs.
elKbs
Arabe. ofJSiv
'
Arabs) S,
:
^'So/uei'a
ov
(Margoliouth).
seclus. Bernays, tuetur Arabs.
.
35. 36. Kal
30.
Maggi,
air\o7s,
iv
dTrXaJs
(rroxd^ov-
:
cum Arabe)
apogr.
26.
elKbs
post
(pcKdvOpuTrov
29. ibinrep
Vahlen, add. Maggi.
add.
ut videtur.
.
.
cum
pro
:
Kal
:
Heinsius
Bekker.
irapd Aid.,
(bairep
.
Twining
(Margoliouth
fi^v
Si
fiera irovTjplas
opyrjv Kol
rj
tuetur Arabs
:
ffToxdl^erai
Aut secludendum ixkv
(f)6/3ov
diirXoU
:
ante
A'^.
S
36
Susemihl,
.
iroirjTov
Susemihl
qui rpayiKdv
cum
amplius
Arabs,
1451 b
collato
rj
.
.
XotTrots
ijTTTjdri
wcmep
.
TroXXots
:
quae canuntur Arabs habuit iam 2 ('nihil
ijdr]
'
'
.
32.
apogr.
Hermann
:
i)
:
tolovtov rjd'
codd.
A«
:
:
'
.
:
.
poeta
elSeQv ut 41.
Trddrj
5— XIX.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XVIII.
known
has been
to
from this one
fail
69
2
In his
defect.
Eeversals of the Action, however, he shows a marvellous skill in
the effort to hit the popular taste,
—
moral sense.
tragic effect that satisfies the
to produce a
This effect
produced when the clever rogue, like Sisyphus,
Such an event
witted, or the brave villain defeated.
moreover, probable in Agathon's sense of the word is
probable,' he says,
that
'
many
is 6
out-
is
is, '
:
it
things should happen
contrary to probability.'
The Chorus too should be regarded actors
share in the action, in the
As
of Sophocles.
pertain as
—
They
a practice
difference
interludes,
It
is
first
to another
sung as mere
Yet
begun by Agathon,
act,
?
Tragedy having been already discussed.
of
Ehetoric,
to
which
to
strictly belongs.
pity,
fear,
may assume what inquiry
Under Thought
is
the
;
anger,
is
said
subject
;
in particular,
the excitation of the feelings,
and the
like
in
more
included every effect
be produced by speech
proof and refutation as
therefore,
remains to speak of Diction and Thought, the parts
which has
1456 b
are,
there between introducing such choral
Concerning Thought, we the
of Euripides but
and transferring a speech, or even a whole
from one play
other
manner not
to the subject of the piece as to that of
little
interludes,
XIX
one of the 7
for the later poets, their choral songs
any other tragedy.
what
as
should be an integral part of the whole, and
it
;
—
such
2
:
koL ere
0(ra Tocavra,
Be OTL Kol [eV]
Set
(f)alvea0at
Tov
XeyovTO'i
ytyveadat. tjSt)
a
loXe^iv
TOLaVTtJV
dv OTL
6
ev')(ea-daL
7]fjiapTfj(76aL
OL6pbevo
^ea," TO yap KeXevaaL 20 ecTTLv. ov
XX
Bio
d^iov
koX
tl
TrapeLcrOw
eVToXr]
KOL
rrapd ttjv
tl
rj
koI ttjv 5
tl
eirLTLp^a,
" ixrjVLv
eliriav
TTOcelv
4
ttoltjtiktjv
ctttouSt}?.
deiBe
eTTLTa^h
firj
Tfj<;
7roL7}TLKrj
^leprj,
a-TOt^eiov
6ed)p7]fjba,
[t>}9 Be
Xefe&)9 d7rdaT]<; TdB^ ccttI
Ta
o-vWa/Srj (TVvBea/xo
ttjv
ipcaTrjaa
dW7]<; kol ov
ci)9
Trj'i
tov
a UpcoTayopaf;
iTTiTdTTet (prjalv
ttjv
a'^rjp.aTa
Tl
eh
ovBev
dryvoiav
rj
(f>6peTaL
Xojov
irepl
koi
koi
direCkr]
dXko tolovtov.
tl
el
v7roXd/3oL
TL
olov
dp'^LTeKTOVLKl'jV,
koi
tcl
vTroKpiTLKr]^;
rr}?
BtTjjTjaL'i
KOL
Oecopla'i
elBo<;
fxev
vtto
el (f)aivoiTO
Be
tcov
to,
Xoya rov
irapa
;
eiKora
i)
on
8La(j)€p€i,
Koi
tov Xojov
elBevat
'yvwaiv
iTrcTi/Jbrjfia
fiejaXa
i)
IBeMV
avTOiv
tov \e
etrj
Blcl
e-)(OVTO
diroKpLai'i 15 TOVTCov
av
eaTiv
icTTtv
Kol
ev')(r]
roaovrov
ttXjjv
firj
fjbev
d
Seiva
TrapacTKevd^ecrOai
KOL
€V
Xe^e&)9,
?)
SriXov 3
fjLiKp6Trjra
avev ScSacrKa\[a
tl
Bet
Koi
/ji6ye6o
iXeeiva
rj
TrapaaKevd^ecv
5 Set]
2—24
1456 b
2.
Tot? Trpajfjuaatv airo to)v
orav
Set -^prjaOai,
tI
3— XX.
XIX.
70
2.
/uLLKpoTviTas A<^
Spengel).
(pavo'iTo
(TixLKpbT-qTo.
:
t'Sewc
codd.
9.
^wv't-j
apogr.
t^St]
Sl
:
del
Xoyo^;.
irTwcrL'i
dBLalpeTO';, ov irdcra Be apogr.
eloeCbv
3. A'^.
Tyrwhitt
:
^Stj
seclus.
8.
(paivoiro
Castelvetro
dX)C 2
Ueberweg
iv
:
scripsi -IjSt]
8l'
Gomperz (praeeunte Spengel): TjSia codd., 23. Updpov cum Hartung rj Sioi Vahlen ed. 2. Vahlen ed. 3 seclusi (cf. Susemilil), sed eo dubitautius quod proprio loco post a-vv5ea/j.os transposuit iam Spengel hoc verbum statuisse videtur S (cf. Arab.) (njvde(r/j,os <;^> dpOpov 'ovoixa prj/j-a Steinthal. avra SusemiM:
ijdri
-tq
diq.
:
:
—
;
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XIX. importance or
its
3
Further,
opposite.
—XX.
it
is
71
2
evident that 3
the dramatic incidents must be treated from the same
when
points of view as the dramatic speeches, is
evoke the sense of pity,
to
The only
ability.
fear,
difference
the
that
is,
the object
importance, or probincidents
should speak for themselves without verbal exposition while the effects aimed at in a speech should be pro-
duced by the speaker, and
a result of the
as
For what were the need of a speaker,
if
speech.
proper
the
impression were at once conveyed, quite apart from what
he says
?
One branch
Next, as regards Diction. treats
Modes
of the
of the inquiry i
But
of Expression.
this
province
of knowledge belongs to the art of Declamation,
the masters of that science.
— what
is
a
command, a
It
know
art.
Homer by
For who can admit the Protagoras,
—
that
in
goddess, of the wrath,' he gives a idea that he utters a prayer
do a thing or not to do
may,
To know
not 5
or
these things involves no serious censure upon
the poet's to
to
prayer, a narrative, a threat,
a question, an answer, and so forth. to
and
includes, for instance,
it
fault
imputed
words,
'
Sing,
command under
the
For to teU some one to
?
is,
the
We
he says, a command.
therefore, pass this over as
an inquiry that belongs
to another art, not to poetry.
XX
[Language in general includes the following parts the Letter, the Syllable, the Connecting word,
the
Verb,
the
Inflexion
or
Case,
the
tlie
:
Noun,
Proposition
or
Phrase.
A
Letter
is
an indivisible sound, yet not every such
sound, but only one which can form part of a group of
2
>
XX.
72
—
2
1456 b 25
6.
25 ef ^9 Tre^VKe avvOeTr] yiyveaOai
aBiaiperoL
elcrlv
Be
TavT7)
(fxoprjev
r
TOV (TTOfXaTO^ Kol
rP
TO
Try? fj
aXka Kal ovTe
a(t>d)vov
Be eaTLV
<^
tov A,
fieTO,
eVl
[crvv]Ti6eadat Kal
'
aw err]
:
acr7}fMo<; 6
^covr)
eK
cn]fiavTiKr}v
jjbiav
(ficovrjv
compositae voci
'
intercidisse videtur
i^ dcpibvov Kai Tj/xKpdbvov
tcov
38.
A''.
Post
.
Post
^XOVTos coni. Christ <'^ irXeibvuv acpdjvwv Kal (puvrjv ^xo>'tos>.
yap
P
rP
t6
sine
toO
dvev
A non
A
avWa^rj
faciunt syllabam,
Kal
fieTO.
quoniam tantum
fiunt
Kal
nam T et syllaba cum A
A°
toD A,
'
:
'
Arabs (Margolioutb), unde restituit Susemihl quod in textum recepi Kal yap rb PA dvev rov P (n/XXa/3r; Kal fiera rod P Tyrwhitt Kal yap rb A avev tov TV avWa^r] Kal fMerd rov PP M. Schmidt. 1457 a 1-8. Locus valde impeditus. Codicum fide ita vulgo legitur oihe KwXvei :
:
oiire
Kal
/J-iav
fxev,
iJToi,
34
(vel
ev
5^).
/ttSs a7)ixavTi.KGiv {crrjfxavTiKbv
dpdpov
5
olov Tb
diJ,
iffTl
0wj'7j
(^.
p,.
I.
iK
crrjfiavTiKTjv,
&Kpwv Kal
tGiv
iirl
apogr., Bekker)
apfjidrrri
ohv
TTOiei
Oeadai,
A<=
:
^ttI
Tr\ei6vo}V
tov
ixiffov,
•^
fj
(pujvr]
dcrrj/jLOS
Troielv
fj
-f)
ipiovUbv
Tre(pvKv1av
fjp
apfihrTeL
/jlt]
dpxv Tidevai KaO' airiv
A°) Se
daij/xos,
5
kol yap
e'^^ovTO'?.
aarj/jio<;
(fxovr]
avWa/Sr] aXKa
TTOLel
Arabs
25. ffwderr] apogr.,
/j.eTpLKol<;
toI<;
eaTiv
tovtcov Oewprjaai tcl^ Bia(f)opa<;
7re(f)VKvla
cf)(ov(ov,
^^tCKoTT^TI,
o^vttjto kol /dapvTrjTL
Be
avvBecrfioq
ecTTiv.
/jbeTpLKr]
ouTe K(o\veL
irXeLovcov
A
dvev TOV
rPA.
40 olov TO
* Kot
uKovaTov,
KOl
Ba(TVTr]Tl
Be
avWa/3r)
^wvrjv,
a^'^/xacylv re 4
Biacpepei
KaB' eKaaTov ev
cov
Oecopetv.
i^ a(f>wvov #
crvvOeTr)
a
irepl
ne(T(p'
Tft)
TrpoarjKeL
KOL
Be
cicpcovov
e')(pv
jLvofievov
(fecovrjv
TOTTOL'i
koI 3
irpocrl3o\i)<;
Kol to P,
TavTa Be
/3pa')(yT7]Ti,, eVt
(xroc^etov.
rj/xttpcovov
he to fxeTO, 7rpoa/3o\rj<;
%
to
to
KaO^ avTO fiev ovBefiiav
Kal TO A.
35 KoX ^irjKeL Kol
koX
<.ro> avev
7]fjbl
Be T03V e')(ovTwv Tiva
olov TO
Xejco
ovhefilav
fiev
aKOV(TTrjv, olov
(f)0)vi]v
fxeTo,
1457
(pcovrjev
ixeTCL 7rpoa/3o\rj
Kol
re
aKOVcrrrjv,
e')(ov (pcovrjv
TO
to Se
ecrriv
a
30 e'xo^
oiv
a 2
Kol 'yap rcbv drjpicov
(fxov)]'
<^wva\
fMeprj
— 1457
:
(k
(avTrjv
TrXeidviov
avvrl-
{^v
fj-r]
Tyi'whitt), /xev
(puvQu
iricpvKev fxiav arifxavTiKTjv
\6yov dpxnv f) r^Xos Aid. , Bekker) Kai rd
r)
diopLfffibv
StjXo?,
Kal
dXXa.
irepl
to.
:
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XX.
2—6
For even brutes utter indivisible sounds, none
sounds.
The sound
of which I call a letter.
mean may be
I
A
either a vowel, a semi-vowel, or a mute.
which without impact of tongue or
that
73
A
audible sound.
semi-vowel,
vowel
is
has
an
lip
that which with such
A
impact has an audible sound, as S and E. that which with such impact has
by
These
according
distinguished
are
mute,
no sound,
itself
but joined to a vowel sound becomes audible, as D.
3
G
the
to
and form 4
assumed by the mouth, and the place where they are produced
;
mediate
;
treatise
A
tone
as they are acute, grave, or of
which
Syllable
A it
is,
in
an
inter-
detail
to
a
a non-significant sound, composed of a 5
is
GE
for
:
inquiry belongs
on metre.
mute and a vowel
they are aspirated or smooth,
according as
;
long or short
— GEA.
a mute, a semi-vowel >
of
A
without
and a
not a syllable, but with
is
But the investigation
of these differences
belongs also to metrical science.
A 1457 a
Connecting word
neither causes nor into one
In Ed.
1
mutavi.
is
a non-significant sound, which 6
hinders
sound
significant
;
the union of
may
it
sum Susemihl (praeeunto Hartung), nee quicquam liic Sed nescio an Doring verum viderit qui locum sic restituit
secutus
a-Opdeafioi d^ iariv (puivrj dcrrifios
S^ TTOieTv 'wi<j>VKev
fjcLav
^ iK ir\u6v(>iv (fxjov-qv, ^v
crriiJLavTiKTjv
fi^v fxr]
TiBivai Kad' avT-qv, olov rb dfKpi Kal t6 wipi koI (juavT)
many sounds
be placed at either
&(T7]p,os,
t)
oCre
(piiivQv {m(pvKv'ia.v'\
KwXijet.
oiire
(xwrldeaOaL,
(pwvCiv, /xias a-tjfx.avTiKwv apfibrTei.
to.
&\\a.
ii>
apxv \6yov
&f)dpoi>
5'
iarl
noiei (puvrjv jxiav
< dXX' >
-i)
Xoyov
apxw
V t^^os
rj
diopia-fibf
twv dKpoiu Kal iwl rod /x^crov, olov fiiv, Nullam tamen Arabia rationem Doring habuit, et Arabs tjroi, 8^. Ipse ut in re nondum quidem cum nostris codicibus parum congruit. 5ri\oi,
ve(pvKv7a ridcaOai Kal
satis explicata CTr^x""
™e
iirl
fateor.
irecbvKvlav avvrldeffdai codd.
2.
wetpvKvla rldeaOai "Winstanloy
:
XX.
74 UKpcov Kot fiev
aXXa'
Biopicrfiov SrjXot, fjv
KaO^
avTijv,
OVTe
K(o\v€L
olov
ifKeiovcov
TretpvKev
to
dp'^7]v
fxiav
koX
irepl
to,
T6\o<;
i)
rj
7
dp/xoTTec iv dp-^r} Xoyov TiOevai
/xr]
rjToi,
fiev,
OVT€
\6yov
r}
e'/c
7)
irotetv
he,
to afKpu koI
darjjxo'i
(f)Q)vr}
— 29
daTi/jbo
(fioovr)
?)
olov
cficov7]v,
1457 ^ 3
II.
(77] [MavTiKOiV
/XLd
5 (jr]fj,avTiK7)v
—
rov fieaov
iirl
(f>(ov(ov
6
Se.
(pcovrj
[17
(pCOVrjV
'TTOtel
darjfjio
r)
€K
arjfXaVTlKTjV
fMLUV
10 "TrXeLovcDv (fxovcjv 7re(f>VKVta TideaOai koX eirl tojv uKpcov
Kol
Tov
eirl
avTo KaO^ avTO 1
5
ov aripbaivei. -^povov
Be
pf]fj,a
ou '^pcofie$a
StTrXot?
tm
olov iv
crrjfiatvov,
crvvdeTTf
(fxovrf
to
ovo/xaTcov
yap
fjuev
to
crr}/jiaiV€i
to fiev tov irapovTa j^povov
Be
rj
dvOpcoTTO^;,
avvOeTi] tc-
arrj/jLatveo
ov
yap
ivBe-^eTai
8-11.
T)
.
.
^adl^ei apogr. S.p'
add.
:
aTra?
olov
seclus.
TroXXot?,
/3d5tfe
olov
vTroKpiTCKa,
eoBrj
evca
icTTLV.
iK
kol
i)
Hermann. Alteram
21.
Gomperz, quern secutus sum etiam in
18.
to add.
e^aSife;/
KaT
\6yo<;
A^.
loci interpunctione.
Be II
avTa Kal
6picrpL6
prj/xaTCOv elvac \6yov.
apogr.:
10
jSdBi^e
prjjjidTcov
dvdpcoTTOv
rj
ocra
dvOpwrroL olov
Kad^
jiepr]
X6yo
"6 tov
Reiz,
/3a5ij-«v A^.
Vahlen.
7^9
dvev
fxeaov
.
pr)p,aTO
rj
arj/Matvov
yap i^dBiaev
TO
a7]/xavTCKr]
ovo/xuTcov (7vy KeiTai,
aW'
7)
Ta
Trpocr-
tov nrap-
Be
6v6fiaTo
KaTa TavTa Ta
25 TTTcocTi? pyp.aTO's (f)covy
evl
to
kol
XevKov ov
1)
j3e^dBiKev
rj
tovtw
rj
KaTa
Be
iTTLTa^LV
epooTTjatv,
iaTLV
B
tovtov
kutu to 7;
^aSl^ec
Be
TTTMcrt^
KaTa to
ToiavTa, ij
to
iroTe,
20 e\7)\v6oTa. TO
fieTa 9
crTjfiavTCicrj
dv6pu)Tro<;
cnjfiaLveL
/xev
koI
a)
©eoScopcp to Scopov
ovBev jxepoq arjfxaLvet kuO^ avTO, wairep
rj^
Tb)v
iirt,
toU
iv
arj/jLavTiKov'
avvOeTrj 8
(fxovr)
ovSev iaTt kuO' avTO
/xepof;
rj';
iaTC
Se
ovofia
fxecTov.^
dvev y^povov
fiepo
wori Spengel.
apogr. 29. Kal
24.
add.
1
;
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XX. 6—11 end or in the middle
of a sentence.
75
Or, a non-significant
sound, which out of several sounds, each of them signi-
and the
irepi,
Or, a non-significant
like.
which marks the beginning, end, or division such, however, that
A
Noun
double
compound
or
itself at
as fxev, tjtoc. Be.
a composite significant sound, not marking 8
is
which no part
of
—
as
sound, 7
of a sentence
cannot correctly stand by
it
the beginning of a sentence,
time,
—
capable of forming one significant sound,
ficant, is d/jL(f)i,
in
is
itself
significant; for in
we do not
words
employ the
Thus
separate parts as if each were in itself significant. in Theodoras,
'
hwpov or
god-given,' the
gift
'
not in
is
'
itself significant.
A
Verb
a composite significant
is
time, in which, as in the noun, no part
For
ficant.
of
'
when
but
;
'
man,' or
'
'
'
white
marking
sound,
9
in itself signi-
is
does not express the idea
'
he walks,' or
he has walked
*
does
'
connote time, present or past.
both to
belongs
Inflexion
expresses either the relation that '
men
of '
question or a
modes
'
of,'
number, whether one or the
;
noun and
the '
or
to,'
or
many,
as
'
like
;
or
man
'
or
or tones in actual delivery,
command.
'
Did he go
?
'
and
and 10
verb,
the
*
e.g.
go
'
a
are
verbal inflexions of this kind.
A
Proposition
Phrase
or
is
a composite significant
sound, some at least of whose parts are in themselves significant
;
for not
of verbs and.
—
but
it
nouns
may
every such group of words consists
—
'
the definition of man,' for example
dispense even with
tlie
verb.
Still it
will
1
^
XX.
76
aei
30 fMevTOi "
KXiwv
6
€V
— XXI.
II
ri
cr7}fiaiVQ}v,
'IXta?
eh
avvSecr/xw
/xev
/SaBi^etv"
St%w9,
rj
ap 12
olov
avvBecr^cp,
avOponrov
tov
Se
6
el
b 9
tw
" iv
Be ea-rt Xojo'i
irKetovwv
iK
6
rj
— 1457
olov
e|et,
arjfjbatvov
K\eft)i/09."
6
1457 a 30
4-
r)
ev
toS
(77] fMaive IV.
XXI 36
Se
6v6fj.aro<; yLtr/
TOVTOV Be
Tw
ovK iv
TO
arjjMaCvovTO
usTb Tcov yiaaaaXiooTcbv 'iraTpi>.
arrrav rj
Ta iroWa
olov
rj
\eyco
S
Be
yXwTTa
rj
eireiCTeTapbevov
i]
Kvpiov
t]
TreTroirj/xevov
rj
e^rjWayfievov.
rj
eKacTTOi,
'^pcovTUC
to Be €K
av koI TpiifKovv Kai
iaTiv
6vo/j,d
Koa/io
v^riprjixevov
(ttXt/v
aa-7]fiov
'^p/xoKaiK6^av6o<;
'
Be
koX
[/cat acrrjixov]),
B
eiT]
to Se hiirXovv
TroWairXovv,
koL
ovofia
fjb€Ta<popd
olov
arjfiaLVOVTO
e/c
(TvyKeLTai.
(7T]fMaLv6vT(ov
aifKovv, airXovv he Xeyo)
/J,ev
av
/lev
ovofiaTt
40 TeTpaTrXovv
5
to
€087]
(TTj/xacvovTcov
e'/c
rj
Kvptov
Be
co
fiev
OTi KoX fyXSiTTav kol Kvptov elvat Bvvutov to avTo,
Toh avToh r]ixlv
jXwTTa.
Be
€7ri,(f>opd 30. jSaS/feti/
Ac
Bigg:
iv ri^
olov
tov
"
ivrbs
TOV
:
(rvvMafiuv
6v6/xaTos
dWoTpiov 4
rj
KX^oic " 6 KXews' plerique edd.
/3a5lfet
^a5i^eiv," "KXiiov 6 KXeiovos" avvdiapni) apogr.
elBo<;
31. KXiojv 6 KXiicv codd.
/3a5tT« apogr.
:
eTrl
fxrj
Kvpcov,
/xev
fieTacfjopd Be ecTTiv 6vo/j,aTO<;
diro
rj
aiyvvov KuTrptoi?
to
Be'
:
aTro
tov
rb
KX^wv
:
olov ''iv tuj
M. Schmidt: (habuit S KXeuvos). 33.
A'^.
Tucker.
rip
ovS/iari
apogr.
Vahlen,
rd
:
S
32.
38.
A"^.
A°.
ovdfjiaTos
:
Kal darjfxov om. lam 2, ut videtur ('non tamen indicans in nomine' Arabs). Idem effecit Ussing deleto Kal darj/jLov in v. 33, mutata quoque
interpunctione, dcr-qfiov,
.
.
iK arj/j.alvovTOi,
.
Arabe ('sicut multa de
dominum
ilassiliotis
Massiliae
:
/xeyaXelwv olov
d(prip7]fxivov
Spengel
(cf.
:
rf dvofian
arjixaLvovro^,
MacrcraXiwrcD;' Diels, qui
"Ep/io/c
.
.
.
Kal
coUato
urbem
inter
:
tanquam
'Ep/io/c.
Hermum
iam missas facere, Bekker ed. 3 fieyaXelwv 1458 a 1).
licet
Trarpl
opici
ad Pliocaeam Caicum sitam. e.g. fxeyaXeluv ws Win&v Vahlen. 1457 b 4.
ex coniectura restituit.
fj.7jTp6TroXiv,
Ceteras emendationes
stanley
ovk iv
Hermocaicoxauthus qui supplicabatur
caelorum') totum versum
carminis, cornice scripti, spectat,
ttXtjv
41. fxeyaXiurQv codd.
et
3
(pavepov
wcrre
eTepoi,
2
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XX. II— XXL 4
77
always have some significant part, as 'in walking,' or '
A proposition
Cleon son of Cleon.'
a unity in two ways,
—
may form
or phrase
Thus the
as consisting of several parts linked together. Iliad of
XXI
one by the linking together of parts, the definition
is
man by Words
the unity of the thing signified.] are
simple I
mean
such as
7-7.
either
12
either as signifying one thing, or
By
a
of
of
two kinds, simple and double.
By
those composed of non-significant elements,
double or compound, those composed
significant
non
and
-
element
significant
(though within the whole word no element or of elements that are both significant.
is significant),
A
word may
likewise be triple, quadruple, or multiple in form, like 1457
b so
many
Massilian expressions,
<who prayed
e.g.
'
Hermo-caico-xanthus
to Father Zeus.'>
Every word
is
either current, or strange, or metaphorical, 2
or ornamental, or
newly -coined, or lengthened,
or con-
tracted, or altered.
By
a current or proper word I
in general
which
is
use among
in
a people
;
use in another country.
the same word
may
lance,' is to the
is
3
Plainly, therefore,
be at once strange and current, but
not in relation to the same people. '
mean one which
by a strange word, one
The word aiyvvov,
Cyprians a current term but to us a
strange one.
Metaphor
is
the
application
of an
alien
name by
transference either from genus to species, or from species
4
XXI. 4—8.
78 10 etSovi
TO
iirl
olov "
kardvai
5
iarcv,
c5
eirl elSo
Ta/xelv dpixrat
TO 20
dvakoyov
he
eVl
Se
ecmv /xvpi
hrj
rj
<Ti>
ttoXv
fivplov
etSov<; Be
dir
dpvaa
-y^v^riv
o-tto
fxev
dpvaat
ecprjKev
yap
d(^e\elv tl ecTTLV.
'\eyoi,
cifi^co
oTav
ofJLOiwi
rafxelv, to
to
e-^r)
hevTepov 6
TO TpiTOV ipel
TT/OO?
yap dvTt Tov hevTepov to TeTapTOV
dvTl tov TeTapTov
rj
TO hevTepov, Kal evioTe "TrpoaTtdeaatv dvd' ov \eyet 6
\ey(o he olov
icTTL.
Kal dcTTrU 7rpo9 "Apij'
^yeo ^idXr]
oyu,ot&)?
epei
Kal eairepa
yrjpa
Kal
ri/jiepa
'E/XTreSo/cX?}?, Kei/Jbevov
Trpo'i
to
yrjpa
(f>\oya diro
TrjV
fjbev
d(j)ievai,
om. apogr.
rd
dva/jLO.^
apogr.:
dva-fj-as
jSIoy
AS
^ Vahlen.
T)fiipa%
aTrelpeiv, to
14. tI
add.
29.
irpo^;
tov Kapirov,
Twining.
tQv A^:
a rov Kapwbv Castelvetro.
he
0fM0i,a)
e^ec
tw
eaTL he
tmv
ocKeicov
27.
to
to apogi-.,
ri/j.^pas
tl,
.
.
.
eawepav ^iov ^ 32. Bekker.
-yTJpas
7
Xe-yOrj-
dW
dTro^rjaat
ihairep 'E^ttcSokXi;? koX
Mairep
Kal aWco^, Trpocr-
TpoTTcp TOVTO) T7/9 fjieTa(f)opd^ y^prjaOaL
10.
o/jlolo)'?
OeoKTicrTav ^\6ya."
ayopevaavTa to dWoTpiov
r;,
ovk eaTiv ovofia
tjttov
TOVTO TTpo? TOV rfkiov Kal TO airelpeiv
35
b y^jpa'? rrpo^
yStof
8'
tov rjXiov dvcovvfiov
hco etprjTai " aireipajv
rj
eairepav evioi
twv dvakoyov, aXX' ovhev
30 creTat' olov to tov Kapirov
Trpo^;
Aiovvaov
epel toIvvv Trjv eairepav
rj/xepav
^iov.
hvcrfia'i
tt/qo?
tolvuv ttjv (fadXrjv darriha
25 ^Lovvcrov Kal ttjv dairlha ^idXrjv "Apeft)9. /Slov,
i]
evravOa yap to
TO TTpCOTOP Kul TO TeTUpTOV
7rp0
"
yevo'i,
vvv dvrl rov iroWov Ke'^pr]Tat. olov " ^a\«ft)
eioo<;
to yap opfieiv
'
ea6\a eopyev" rb yap
dretpei ^aA-«:c5." 8e
ecrrrjKev
eiSovi
eVt
etSof?
airo
he
Xi'ya) 778'
air
rt.
'08ucrcreu9 I
Se fioL
V7]v
rov
airo
rj
Kara to avaXo
10—35
1457 b
8
S
4—
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXI. from species
to genus, or
my
ship
From
to species, as
lying at anchor
for
; '
species to genus, as
number, and
of large
number
From away
generally.
blade of bronze drew
a
is
is
used for
again for apva-at,
Analogy
—
'
the
is,
lies 5
of lying.
species to species, as
the
and
life,'
Tafxelv,
is
a
here used for a large
to
'
:
'
With
Cleft the water
'
Here apuaac, and
cleave,'
'
to
rajxelv
each being a species of taking away.
or proportion
fourth for
There
thousand
for ten
;
is
when
is
the second term
We may
as the fourth to the third.
first
'
species
with the vessel of unyielding bronze.'
draw away,'
:
Verily ten thousand noble
' :
deeds hath Odysseus wrought species
by analogy, that
to species, or
Thus from genus
proportion.
79
second, or
second
the
is to
the 6
then use the the
for
fourth.
Sometimes too we qualify the metaphor by adding the term to which the proper word
cup
is to
therefore,
shield so is '
'
is
be
called
'
the
shield
the cup of Ares.'
'
of Dionysus,'
in the phrase of Empedocles,
In some cases one specific
name
;
the metaphor
instance, to scatter seed
'
'
the evening of setting sun.'
life's
is
may
called sowing
be used. :
process bears to the sun the
the seed.
Hence the expression light.'
kind of metaphor alien term,
same
There
may
is
and then deny
Still this
relation as sowing to
of the poet,
another
be employed.
7
For
but the action
of the sun in scattering his rays is nameless.
god-created
to life,
terms of the proportion has no
of the
still,
and the is
Evening may therefore be called
evening to day.
or,
The cup may,
Or, again, as old age
the old age of the day,' and old age,
life
Thus the
relative.
Dionysus as the shield to Ares.
way
'
in
sowing the
which
We may
this 8
apply an
of that term one of its proper
:
8— XXII.
XXI.
80
36—1458
1457 b
I.
a 21
"A/^eo? aXX' aoivov.
olov el TT}v daTTcBa eliroi (pidXTjv
firj
TreTronj/iievov 8'
KoXovfievov viro tlvcov 9
earlv o
Tiderat 6
avTO'i
oA,&)
fir]
BoKel >ydp evca elvac roiavra,
770477x7^9,
olov ra Kepara ipvv'ya<; koI top lepea dpijTrjpa. 1458 a
TO Be dv
TO UrjXeiBov^ HrjXTjidBeo), TO Bcb Kal " B
Twv
S
oaa
/xev
eh
H
oaa e«
Kal
laa crvfx^aivet
cocrre
eh oaa
TrXrjOei
3
TavTa
eh TavTa Kal
Be fxeTa^v A,efeci)9
Be dpeTrj
aa(f)r]
20 ^eaTaTT) /xev ovv eaTCv Tairetv^.
36. dXX'
irapaBeiy/xa Be
aoivov
Yettori:
Hermann. Arabs
:
4. 6-q$
:
A*^
(h.
e.
om. A^.
ttXtjOt] A<^.
add. apogr. t6
15.
e/c
A* to,
eh
Be d(f)a)vov
eh
T
to
Be
Be to rrevTe.
Kal S.] fxrj
elvai.
aa-
ovo/iaTiov,
dWa
TaTreivrjv
tmv Kvplwv
K.\eo(j>a)VTO<;
oSC'Is).
7701770-49
1458 a
codd.
2.
11.
Ueberweg. add. ry S Tyrwhitt.
vairv rb ybvv rb d6pv rb dcrv.
kol
S 14.
Kal
t)
Kexpvf^^vos
M. Schmidt.
seclus.
ante ravTO.
nwv rb
r/
et9
/Spa'^v.
eh
t6 n7;Xet5oi; add.
dlls vel
12.
P
Bvo,
appeva Kal
eaTiv.
covi]ev
koI
otvov
fiXXa
nryX-ijos koL
N
ck
rj
to,
Treirept.
kojxixl
Kal
S' icTTLV
to3V (^covqevTOiv etV re tcl del
ovBev ovofxa TeXevTa, ovBe eh
Tpla fiovov, ixeki
N
to
el<;
Kal tmv iTveKTetvofxevoov
fi,
to fydp "^ Kal to
drfKea.
Vettori
TeXevTO,
Kal oaa eV tovtov avjKeiTaL, TavTa
fxaKpd, olov
TO,
11
KaTaXeiTrr) to Be
fiev
ovofxaTcov to, fiev appeva to. Be O'^Xea 12
appeva
"^ Kal E, drjXea Be
XXII
i^rjWayfievov
o-»/r."
olov TO " Be^iTepov KaTO, fia^ov " dvTt tov Be^iov.
10 TO, Be fieTa^v,
I
ifi^e-
olov to Kpl koI
d^rjp'r][jbevov Be
ylveTac dficfiOTepcov
/jLta
[avTb)v Be
Kal
avWa^rj
rj
y avTov, eTreKrerafxevov
OTav tov ovofxa^o/xevov to
ea-Tiv
TTOifj,
5
rod oiKeiov
rj
d(f)r}p7)fxevov tl
eireK- 10
ro /xev eav (fxov^evri
TO TToXeeo? 770X7709 Kal to n77X,eo9
fiev olov
1
dcj^rjprjfxevov
i]
Ke'^prj/xevov
fjuaKporepo) ^Xij/xevrj,
5
eanv
rerafievov Be
6.
H^
apogr., Maggi, TrXifjdei
17.
apogr.
post irivre
—
—
XXL 8— XXII.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS attributes
;
A
to call the shield, not
newly-coined word
Some
but
use,
words
such
'
the cup
the wineless cup.'
'
even in local
'
we were
as if
of Ares,' but
81
i
is
appear
there
sprouters,' for Kepara,
'
one which has never been 9
is
invented by the poet himself. be
to
as
:
and aprjTqp,
horns,'
ipvv
supplicator,'
'
for lepev<;, 'priest.'
A word is lengthened when its own vowel
1458 a
exchanged 10
is
when a syllable is inserted. A when some part of it is removed.
a longer one, or
for
word
is
contracted
Instances of lengthening are,
tion,
Kpl, So),
and
o-v/r,
altered
word
is
An form
is
ttoXt^o? for TroXecy?,
and UrfKr^idhea)
for HrfXeo^,
for lirfkeihov
as in
jiveTat a/xiporipcov oy^.
fjuia
one in which part of the ordinary 11
unchanged, and part
left
n?7X^o?
of contrac-
:
repov Kara /xa^ov, he^nepov
re-cast
is
;
as in Se|t-
is for Se^tov.
[Nouns in themselves are either masculine, feminine, 12 Masculine are such as end in
or neuter.
some and
letter
—
—
9,
and
co,
those in
a.
77
and
—
and f are equivalent to endings in a mute or a vowel short by nature.
—
fiiXc, KOfifii, iretrept,
in these
The mean.
or in
?,
yjr
of vowels that admit of lengthen-
Thus the number
nouns masculine and feminine end
XXII
v, p,
these being two,
Feminine, such as end in vowels that are always
^.
long, as
ing
compounded with
two
latter
:
end in
five
vowels
;
The
clearest style ;
at the
is
is
the same
No noun
;
which for
yfr
ends in
Three only end in v.
also in v
perfection of style
or proper words
9.
of letters in is
c,
Neuter nouns end
and
9.]
to be clear without being
that which uses only current
same time
it is
mean
the poetry of Cleophon and of Stheuelus.
G
:
—
That
witness diction,
82 2^9eve\ov.
i]
av
Tc
av
avTT)
iaTt,
KaTa
fxev
XeyovTa
TO
ToiavTa.
TO,
dpa K€Kpda6al TTOirjcret
35 Kal 1458 b Ttjv
ei9
Taireivov, olov
firjBe
Kal TciWa
Kocrfio
Xe^etu? Kal
t?}?
cra(f>e<;
Kal dTTOKOiral Kal TO 5
dW&)9
fxevov,
e'^eiv
TO
€icodoTO
i7riTt/J,(i!)VT€
10
ev
25. Tts {Liravra vel tis
apogr.
:
iroirja-ai.
avTrj
Hfia
fxr]
etSi],
fjiepoq
?;
ISccotikov fieTa(f)opa
to Be Kvptov
avp,(3dWeTat 4
ovo/xdTcov Bed
yap
fjuev
ela>6o
yiyvo-
Bid Be to KOLVcovetv tov
wcrre ovk 6p0a)<; ^^reyovatv ol 5
olov
Tr]'i
BiaXeKTOV Kal BcaKQ)-
^vKXelBrjf;
6
dpyato^;,
ci)9
CKTeLvetv €0' ottoctov ^ovXeTai,
Bciicret,
Xe^ei.
tj}
awavTa apogr. 29. &\\cov
A<=.
yap
lBlcotlkov at eTreKTdaei^;
fjurj
To5 TOIOVTO) TpOTTO)
cafji/3o7rocT]cra'i
Set 3
/3ap/3apLa/jL6
y\u)TTa Kal
r)
iroirjcrei.
iroirjTrjV,
ovy
dvepc KoW^jcravTa,^^
to Kvptov, rrrapd to
0)9
TTOtelv, ec Ttf
avvdyjrai.
elprjfjbiva
e^aWayal twv
TO aacpe'i eaTai.
/layBovvTa TOV
paBtov
rj
IBtcoTCKOv
1X7]
to,
dSvvaTa
fiev
ovk eXd'^iaTov Be
aa(f)i]vetav.
TO
eV
to
tovtol'?-
7rco
yap ISea
ovofxdTcov avvOeaiv
tmv jXcottwv
eK
eav
re
he ttjv jxeTa^opdv evheyeTai,
olov " dvSp^ elBov TTvpl '^aXKOv
Kol
eaTai 2
a'cvijfxa
alvly/xaTO^
•
vTrdp'^ovTa
KaTa
iroLrjcraL,
i)
ficTacfiopcbv, atvLj/jia,
ovv ttjv twv
30 olov re TovTO
iroir^arj,
ovv €K
p.ev
yXcoTTcov, jSap^apiapbO'i
e/c
rj
yXMrrav koL
iireKracnv koI irav to irapa to Kvpiov.
afia airavTa ToiavTa
^apjBapiaix6
Se
to ISlcotikov
^cvlkov Se Xeyco
Ke'^prj/jLevrj.
fieTa(f)opav koX
aXV
i^aWdrrovaa
Kol
8e
ae/jbvr]
Tot? ^evcKoi<;
25
1458 a 22—1458 b 10
XXII. 1—5.
:
coni.
"
elBov
^^iri'^dprjv
Sv Eiravra
A.°.
Troi-fiaT]
Margoliouth, collato Arabe
nomina Kvpiuv Heinsius. 32. ante Tel post e/c lacunam statuit Gomperz ^k r < cl/xIkt > 03v yXuTTuv Tucker. 33. KtKpaadaL Maggi e cod. Lampridii, liabuit iam S (cf. Arab. si miscentur haec'): KeKplcrdai ceteri codd. 1458 b 1. ffvu^dWeraL A": '
reliqua
'
:
.
^ap^apiaixhs
.
.
:
'
a-vfj.p6.\\opTai
Tyrwhitt Arabs).
apogr.
{'E.TrixdpT]v)
10. :
itrl
elSov apogr.
:
ifret x^-P'-" A<=
x°-P'-^
:
'EinxdpTiv Bursian praeeimte
2, ut videtur ('appellatum
t5op A<=
:
Ihihv
Gomperz,
cum
favore'
—
;
:
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXII. 1—5 on the other hand,
lofty
is
mean
and raised above the common-
unusual
which employs
place
83
words.
By
unusual, I
strange (or rare) words, metaphorical, lengthened,
anything, in short, that differs from the normal idiom.
Yet a
style
wholly composed of such words
riddle or a jargon
a jargon,
if it
a riddle,
;
if
either a 2
is
metaphors
consists of
it
For the
consists of strange (or rare) words.
essence of a riddle
is
Now
possible combinations.
true facts under im-
express
to
this cannot be
done by any
arrangement of ordinary words, but by the use of metaphor
Such
can.
it
is
the riddle
:
— A man
saw who
I
'
on another man had glued the bronze by aid of
A
same kind.
others of the
strange (or rare) terms
A
a jargon.
is
fire,'
and
made up
diction that is
of
certain infusion, 3
therefore, of these elements is necessary to style
;
for the
strange (or rare) word, the metaphorical, the ornamental,
and the other kinds above mentioned, the
words will make 1458 b
will raise it
commonplace and mean, while the use
more
it
But nothing contributes
perspicuous.
produce a clearness of diction that
to
above
of proper
is
4
remote
from commonness than the lengthening, contraction, and alteration
cases
For by deviating in exceptional
words.
of
from the normal idiom, the language will gain
distinction
while, at the
;
same
time,
the partial con-
formity with usage will give perspicuity. therefore,
speech,
are
and
in
error
hold
the
who
author
up
Eucleides, the elder, declared that
matter to be a poet will.
He
if
The
critics, 5
censure these licenses to it
ridicule.
of
Thus
would be an easy
you might lengthen
syllables at
caricatured the practice in the very form of
his diction, as in the verse
:
XXII. 5—7-
84
M.apa6(ovd8€ /SaSi^ovra,^^ koI " eicelvov
eWe^opov."
11—29
1458 b
7' ipd/j,€vo<;
av
ovic
to p,ev ovv ^aivecrOai
rbv
'^co/xevov 6
ttco';
rovTOi To3 rpoTTw yeXoiov, to 8e fieTpov kolvov diravTOiv
Twv ixepwv Kol yap
icTTl
dWot^
15 Toi
Ta
av dTrepydaaiTO.
to avTo
oaov
ovofxaTcov eh to fieTpov.
tmv
he Kal irrl
to
8e dpfJuoTTov 7
^vpiTriSov,
uvto
ev
Koi
eirl r?}? yXcottt;?
aXkcov
tojv
enrl
lap-^elov Acct'^vXov
7rot^(ravTO
Be
ovo/xa
fiovov
fjLeTa$evTO
[^Kvpiov] eico6oTO<; yXcjTTav, to fiev (fialveTac
AtV^uXo?
eyreXe?.
yap
fxev
(payeSatva <6'>
25
et Ti9
ioiv
fx
Xeyot
vvv 8e
fx
fiov crdpKa<; iadlet 7roSo9,
-^
11.
&v 7'
dvaio-OriTU}?
18.
Kvpiwv
apogr. 12.
:
:
iihv
fi
15.
dirpeirQs
:
iirl
Vahlen. neraTidevros
:
to.
Kvpiov
Twining
yeXoTa 17.
21.
sttuv
fi/ct/cus.
:
irpLa-
Hermann
jravTus
Gomperz.
16.
iireKrdaeuv Tyrwhitt.
Evpnridov
Essen.
Kvpiov vel elwBdros
eiwOSros Heinsius.
dd Nauck. non conveniat
:
seclus.
AtVxi^Xy 23.
A'^.
25.
5'
22.
secludendum (vel t') add.
2". deiK??? Castelvetro (var. lee. Odyss.
^aye8aiv'
c), Arabs 'ut
decB7]<;'
au yepdfJ.evos A"^: yevadfiepos Tyrwhitt: ttws
dpfj.6TTOVTos A".
:
coni.
Vahlen
Ritter: 1.
oXiyos re Kal oiiridavos Kal
vvi'
Tucker.
fieTadevTOi Aid. coni.
de
epd/j.ei'os
apfidrrov apogr.
deiKrj'i}
/xeTaTidel'i
kol daOeviKo^; Kal
Gomperz.
/xevos
Kal
icbv jXLKpo^ re
515,
ix.
S'
ev to5 ^iXokttjtt) eTroLTjcre
0X1709 re Kal ovTtSavb'; Kal
Kvpia
to,
dvTi
KaXov to
o Se dvTl Tov iadiec to OoLvaTat fxeTeOrjKev.
vvv Se
Ihewv
Kvpia ovofxaTa kutlSoi otl dXTjOrj
to,
to
olov
Kal
/leTacjiopoiv
20 fieTuTiOel'; av rt?
Kal
koI
eVt toov iirwv Oewpeiadco ivTiOefievcov twv
Sia(j}ep€t
Xeyofiev
koL
/ieTa(f)opal
etSeac '^pcofievof; 7ra>9 Koi eVtTT/Se"? eVt
'
:
deiorjs
codd.
:
&klkvs Odyss.
1.
c.
7
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXII. ^FjTTf^dprjv elBov
5
—
85
Wapa6covd8e ^ahl^ovra,
or,
ovK av y
To employ such but
grotesque;
rov eKeivov iX\e/3opov.
epdfievo
license at all obtrusively
in
any mode
of
Even metaphors,
must be moderation.
words, or any similar forms of the like
eiffect
if
poetic
made by
is
no doubt,
would produce
used without propriety, and with the
How
great a differ- 7
the appropriate use of lengthening,
may
be seen in Epic poetry by the insertion of ordinary forms in the verse.
So, again,
if
we
take a strange (or rare)
word, a metaphor, or any similar
and replace of
our
by the current
it
observation
be
will
mode
of expression,
or proper term, the truth
Eor example
manifest.
Aeschylus and Euripides each composed the same iambic
But the
line.
who employed one,
makes
trivial,
alteration of a single
one verse
(f)a
'
word by Euripides,
the rarer term instead of the ordinary
appear beautiful and the other
Aeschylus in his Philoctetes says
Euripides
vvv Se
<S'>
substitutes
rj
/jlov
fx
ioiv
:
(TdpKa<; icrOlei, "Koho^-
OoivaraL
Again, in the
feeds on.'
'
feasts
on
'
for
icrdlei
line,
6X1709 re koI ovTtBavo<; koI
the difference will be felt
if
we
d€tKt]<;,
substitute the
common
words, vvv Be
fjj
6
there
strange (or rare)
speech,
express purpose of being ludicrous.
ence
is,
diction
ecov /XLKpo^ re
koX da9eviKo<; koI
aetS?;'?.
'
7— lo-
XXII.
86
1458 b 30
— 1459
a 18
30 Kol hi<^pov [t'] aeLKeKiov KaTa6el
re Tpdire^av.
Bl(f)pov /jLO'^Orjpov Karadeli; fjuLKpav
"
Kol TO
1459 a
Sco/xdrcov,
TOiavTa'
TO
BnrXoi
ecTTL
jxovov
elvat.
fieTa(f)opiKov
Xa^elv
y\(OTTai T0?9
Kal iv fxev iv Be Tot9
TavTa dpfxoTTet
yap ev
B
Toi
at
elprjixeva, /xi/jieiaOai,
Be
Kav iv
[6croL
Ta TOtavTa to Kvpiov Kal
\oyoL
/zera-
iKava Ta
iv
Tr]<;
tw
irpdTTecv
fiL/ji^-
eiprjfieva.
'
Odyss, XX. 259, 5i(ppov deiK^XiOv Karadeh oXiyriv re rpaire'^av.
2
Iliad xvii. 265.
aeiKiXiov codd.
31.
r'
f'lTTOi.
apogr.
K&v Harles odols 2,
Be
lafi^eloL^.
Ta
ovv TpaywBia<; Kal
ecTTQ) tjjmv
35.
ra 10
Bed to otl fjidXiaTa Xe^iv
toov ovofiaTWv oaoL<; ecTTt
/jueTa-
ovop^dTcov
BiOvpdixjSoi'i,
at Be fj,eTa(f)opal
to
dXXov
K6(Tfxo<;.
Trepl fiev (Tea)
Tol
kol
fieyLcrTov
rjpwuKol^ diravTa '^prjaLfxa
Tol'i
la/Jb/3ei0L
15 Tt? '^pijcraiTO'
<^opd Kal
dpfioTTet
r)po)iKoi
Be fieya fiev 9
yap tovto ovTe irap
tmv
Ta
diravTa
j^prjcrOai,
Be
re arj/xeLov eaTL' to
ev(^via
fidXiaTa
BiirXa
ecTTiv
ttoXv
(pipecv TO TO ofjiooov decopelv eaTiv.
10 fiev
\e^€L
irpeirovTO)';
elpTjfievwv
Kal j\a)TTaL
ovo/xacrc
iv Tol'i
etvai
fx-q
Tjj
A^tXXeo)?,
rrepl
firj
yap to
tovto ruvoec.
Be
twv
dWd
Bid
ISlcotikov iv
fjiT]
iK6ivo
eKaaTM
TO
Se 8
'in
a ouSet? av
Kol ro aeOev Kol to iyat
irepi,
oaa aXka TotavTU.
KvpioL
5
dirb
fxr]
Be VLV, Koi TO ^A'^iWeoo'?
Kal
Kpd^ovaiv.
r)i6ve<;
SiaXeKTO) TovTot
rfj
dWd
airo
^
Tpa7ft)8ou9 iK(Ofi
roi)^
^ApL(j)pdSi]<;
35 ecTTOL iv
I3o6(ocnv "
rji6v€
:
:
:
et-rrrji
t'
aiK^Xiov
A^.
Kal codd.
ut videtur
(Ellis), cf.
Vahlen
1459 a del.
ocrois
Arab.
'
5.
:
re seclus. Susemihl ed. to apogr.
:
tQl A=.
1.
14.
Aid.: <:tois> Xoyoi^ Gomperz
quot usurpant homines in
via.
:
:
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXII. 7—10
87
Or, if for the Hue,
hi^pov [r
we
deiKeXiov KaTa6el
]
read,
KaraOel^ fiLKpdv re rpdrre^av.
8l(f)pov fjiO'^Orjpov
Or, for
^ooaxTiv,
'^i6v€
Kpa^ovcrtv.
rjtove'i
Again, Ariphrades ridiculed the tragedians for using 8 phrases which no one would employ in ordinary speech for 1459 a
example,
(TeOev,
phrases
'A^t\Xcci>9
viv,
and the
'A'x^tWico';,
not
are
instead
utto
Boy/jbdrcov
Si
iyob
of
drro
Bco/idTcov,
instead
of
Trepl
It is precisely because such
like.
part
of
"Jrepi,
current idiom
the
that
they
This, however, he failed
give distinction to the style. to see.
a great matter to
It is
several
modes
of expression
and so
(or rare) words,
far
is
to
observe propriety in these 9
—compound But the
forth.
have a command
of
cannot be imparted by another
—
for
to
make good
metaphor. it is
;
words, strange
greatest thing
metaphors
the
by
This alone
mark an
implies
of genius,
eye
for
resemblances.
Of the various kinds
of
words, the
compound
are 10
best adapted to dithyrambs, rare words to heroic poetry,
metaphors
to
In
iambic.
these varieties
are
heroic
which reproduces, as
far as
poetry,
But
serviceable.
may
in
indeed,
all
iambic verse,
be, familiar
speech, the
most appropriate words are those which are found even in prose.
These
are,
—
the current or proper, the meta-
phorical, the ornamental.
Concerning action, this
may
Tragedy suffice.
and
imitation
by means
of
JUyj
:
XXIII.
88
XXIII 20
he
irepi
Tr)<;
—
1459 a 19
3.
— 1459
I
t>
koI ev<\> fxerpa
Btr]ryr)fjLaTtKr]<;
Bel rov<; /jLvdov<; KaOdirep
oTi
TLKr]
I
fitfjbrj-
ev Tai
avvea-Tavai Spa/xaTiKov
^(pov
laropl.ai'i
ofjLOLa
25
p^
^
'
«
7rpa^eco
iMLa
eV
•"
rovTcp
'X^povov'i
ra^
tt/jo?
T
rj
dX\
SrjXcocnv
eva
coairep
"ZaXaficvL
iyevero
ZiLKeXia }^ap'X^r]SovlQ)v
Odrepov /xerd
reXo?.
a'yeoov oe ol iroWol tcov
'
ypovov, ocra
eKaarov
a)v
yap Kara
T«3
vvv
fieya
fcal
'^povoa
rovro hpoiau.
Troirjrciyv
rca fi7]8e
KaraireTrXey/jievov
€v fiepo^ diroXa^cov
40 BiaXafjb/Sdvet rrjv Trolrjcnv.
oXov Xlav
dWoi
01 S'
IcTTopias
28.
ixera ddrepop Castelvetro,
apogr.
:
t6 A=.
fj,€Tpid^ovTa
A<^
post ^aeadai 39,
codd.
ffvvrjdeis
TCLS
oh apogr.
36. :
fxiya
.
Bursian. :
5ls pr.
11,
ras avvdiaas Dacier,
iffTopiais
Hermann
[J-ifo. .
.
.
fj.i-^as) .
olov 6
iv i^afxirpip :
avviaTavai
confirmare videtur Arabs apogr.
.
.
.
.
fierpla^ov
avrQv seclus. Christ
et ceteri codd.
:
Vahlen :
vaijfxaxos
fierd daripov codd.
corr.
evavvoiTTov 38.
A=
(rec.
eva Troiovat
Trepl
1459 b 36)
vavfiaxi-a. :
avrwv
eireLaoBiOi'i, ol<;
TroXvfjbeprj,
21. avveardvaL coni.
iv n^rpcfi codd.
:
24.
A'^.
31.
1449 b
ivl (vel e^ evl) fjArpi^ conieci (cf.
Heinsius
rj
TroLKiXia.
rr}
Ke^prjrac
eTreLcroBioc^
Kal TrepL eva -^povov Kal {xlav irpd^ov
19.
(^avelr} 3
tov irokepiov Kaiirep
TToWol^, olov veSiv KaraXoyw Kal dWoL'i
1459 b
ivlore
ovk evavvoino'i efjueWev eaeadai,
fxeyedei fxerptd^ovra 8'
ev
t]
ev ovSev yiverat,
35 e'^ovra dp'^rjv koI Te\o<; eiri'^eLprjcrat irocelv
yap dv
koX
kol ravrrj 6ea7reaio<; dv
dWov;,
co?
Tov
vavfia'^ia
ddrepov, ef ojv
eiTro/juev rjhr],
irapd tou9
Ofxrjpo<;
evb
e^e^i)^
rol';
yiverac
wairep
/mtj
dvdjKT} ovj(l
ovSev Trpo? to avro avvret-
fid-y^r}
30 vovaat reXo^, ovrco kol ev
hio,
Kol
aU
7rX,e/oy?,
?)
dWrjXa.
ev
BijXov
iroieladai,
iV cdairep
TeA.09,
oiKecav rjSopijv,
TTjv
avve^r} irepl
erv^ev e^eo
•
koX fxeaa kol
o.p'^rjv
TTOLrj
:
eva-ivoTrros
posito
A''.
34. .
ry .
.
commate
avroO Heinsius.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXIII. 1—3
XXIII
As
poetic
that
to
imitation which
89
narrative
is
in
form and employs a single metre, the plot manifestly ought, as in a tragedy, to
be constructed on dramatic
have
should
It
principles.
for
a
subject
its
single
whole and complete, with a beginning, a middle,
action,
and an end. picture
It will thus resemble a single
proper to
It
it.
compositions,
from historical
will differ in structure
which of necessity present not a single
but a single period, and
action,
and coherent
and produce the pleasure
being,
living
a
of
all
that happened within
that period to one person or to many, little connected
together as the events
may
be.
For as the sea-fight at 2
Salamis and the battle with the Carthaginians in Sicily took place at the same time, but did not tend to one
sequence of events, one thing sometimes
result, so in the
foUows another, and yet the two
any common end. most
Such
Here
poets.
observed,
the
manifest.
He
is
then, as
again,
transcendent
not work up to
we may
say, of
been
already 3
has
excellence
never attempts to
Troy the subject of
may
the practice,
make
of
Homer
poem, though that war had a
his
beginning and an end.
It
would have been too vast a
theme, and not easily embraced in a single view.
he had kept
again,
it
within moderate limits,
it
If,
must
have been over-complicated by the variety of the
As
cidents.
it
is,
admits as episodes of the
others 1459 b
war
—
—such
is
the whole war of
in-
he detaches a single portion, and
many as
events from the general story
the Catalogue
of
thus diversifying the poem.
the
ships
and
All other poets
take a single hero, a single period, or an action single indeed, but with a multiplicity of parts.
Thus did the
4— XXIV.
XXIII.
90
rotyapovv 4
l^virpia irotrjcra^ koX ttjv fiiKpav 'IXtaSa.
TO.
eK fxev ^Vkidho^ koI 'OSucrcreia
2—26
1459 b
4.
8uo fiovai, eK he ^VTrpiwv iroWal koI
rj
'IXtaSo?
fXLKpd<;
[TrXeov]
'IXtou
koL
irepcn^
oirXwv
olov
okto),
EupvTTuXo?,
^eoirroXe^o'i,
^ikoKTrjT'r}^,
KUivai,
rpwycpSia TTOLelrai
aironfkov^
tj";9
KpLcn<;,
Aa-
Trrw^eia,
koi
Xlvcov
[«al
TpwaSe?].
XXIV 10
[en
ert he rfj
rpayayhla,
yap
koi
iraOrjTLKrjv
ravrd' koi yap
ra
yap Kal
20 Kal
Kal
Ke'^prjTai
Kara
at
Tcov
el<;
elr)
juilav
TO
iKavQs apogr. sup.
ovv
ixev
av tovto,
h
elev,
aKpoacrtv
ev
/xev
1459 b 2. KvTrpia Tyrwhitt TpydSes seclus. Hermann. Arabs. scr. Ac.
12. :
Kal
t/cavw?. 2
/xrJKO'i
he
jxev
to
Tpaywhla
:
iKavo^
KvwpiKa A^. 9.
Set
apogr.
5. :
dpy^aiwv iXdr-
Tpaywhioiv £%£' tj
evhi'^eaOai
irXiov et Kal
Stj A<=.
5^
apogr.
Fort. KadLe/jL^vuv Richards.
17. :
18.
dfia
Zivwv Kal
10. tjOiktjv
dvayvaipiaeis Christ.
yap A".
he 4
eTToiroila
Kal rjOwv post dvayviapiaeuu add. Susemihl.
Uavos A=.
6
Kal
rrjv dp'^rjv
7rXrj6o
/irj
hta- 3
eiroTToda
1)
opo
Tidejxevwv iTapijKOLev.
Tjj
he
Trpo?
tjOlkt].
[xrjKOV';
twv
el
Trpb'i
fiev
rj
v7rep/3e/3XT]Kev.
eireKTelveaOat to jjieyedo^ ttoXv ti
hid
chiov
rov
(TvcrTdaet<;
25 Trpo
irdvTa
hvvaaOat yap hel awopdadai
TO reXo<;.
7)
o-v^ew?
he ^Ohvcrcreia ireirXey-
r)
re tt}? (TvaTdcre(o
fxerpov.
elpriixevo'i'
Tov
irpS)ro
yap hcoXov) Kal hiavola
Kal
Xe^et
he
TO
'^dcKtjv
koX
rSiV 'TroLrjfMaTcov eKarepov crvvecrrrjKev
(dvayvwpiai'i
TOVTOL
i)
fjie\o7roua<;
hel Kal dvayvcoplaecov Kal
irepiTrereioiV
'iXta? ciTrXovv Kal iraOrjriKov, ixevov
hel e^ett' ttjv eiroTrodav
TrenXeyfievriv
r)
e^co
fMepr]
airacriv "0/jL7}po
15 Kal
ravra
ethr)
aTrXrjv
ere to.? hiavola<; Kal ttjv Xe^iv e^ett* /caXw?.
TraOrjixcLTOdv
ot?
ra
he] t]
Trdirar Aid.
om. 14.
TjOiKbi' rec.
24.
4— XXIV.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXIII.
author of the Cypria and of the Little Iliad. reason
the
and
Iliad
or,
For
this 4
Odyssey each furnish the
the
subject of one tragedy,
91
4
two
at most, of
;
while the
Cypria supplies materials for many, and the Little Iliad
—
eight
Award
the
the Arms,
of
the
Philoctetes,
the
Neoptolemus, Eurypylus, the Mendicant Odysseus, the
Women,
Laconian
the Departure of
the Fall of Ilium,
the Fleet.
XXIV
Again, Epic
Tragedy or
'
The parts
pathetic'
and
song
poetry must have
must be simple,
it
:
are
scenery,
same
for
;
these respects
Homer
is
'
ethical,'
must be
requires
it
Eeversals, Eecognitions, and Tragic Incidents.
the thoughts and the diction
kinds as
with the exception of
also,
the
many
as
complex, or
or
Moreover,
artistic.
In
siifficient
model.
our earliest and
Indeed each of his poems has a twofold character. Iliad
at
is
complex at the
once simple and
(for
is
is
it
:
—
being
run through
we have
As regards down an adequate
the beginning and the end must be capable of
epics,
and
This condition
a single view.
by poems on a smaller answering in
poetry
has,
capacity for enlarging reason.
and
metre.
its
already laid
length
to
tragedies presented at a single sitting.
Epic
it),
IMoreover, in diction and
from Tragedy in the scale on 3
differs
brought within
will be satisfied
old
ethical.'
constructed, and in
scale or length,
limit
'
The
and the Odyssey
supreme.
Epic poetry
which
pathetic,'
Eecognition scenes
same time
thought he
'
all 2
however, its
a
great
dimensions, and
scale than the
the
—
a
group of
special
we can
—
see the
In Tragedy we cannot imitate several actions
i
1I II
1
U .I1JII
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
XXIV.
92
Bia
iiroTTOLba
30 iroLelv
Tov
l
llll lll
to
olKeicov
diro
r]p(OLKov
aXXw
Ttvl
irelpa'i
T)]<;
fieprj
ovtmv
av^eTut 6
dv (jjaLVOtTC
7roA.Xoi9, ttTTpeTre?
to he fieTpov 5
yap
ev
tj
ev
aTaat-
i)p(OiKov
y\(OTTa
40 Kal
Biriyrj/xaTtKr)
?;
fj,ifMT](Ti(;
TrepiTTT]
tmv dWcov).
kov
yap to
8e lafjb^ecov Kal TeTpd/xeTpov KivrjTiKd, to fxev 6p-)(riaTtKov
TO he
irpaKTLKOv.
dTOiroiTepov,
Be
ctc
avTd, wcnrep Haip^/Jbcov.
dWo)
ev 5
rt?
ttolocto
fjLi,/ji7](nv
to
el
Kal oyKCoSecTTaTOV tmv fxeTpwv ecTTiv (Sto
/jbcaTUTOV
1460 a
apba
tov aKOvovTa koX
ripfioKev.
StTjyri/jbaTiKrjv
f^eTpu)
Trj
iroWa
TrXrjpovv iKirlirTeLV TTOiet Ta<; Tpa
35 TO
tt)?
he
ev
to
eVetcroStot?'
dvo/xoioL'i
eVl
to
e^et to dyaOov et?
aiaTC tovt
Kol to /xeTa/3aX\eiv
fjbeyaXoTrpeTreiav iTTeicroBLOvv
wv
v^'
a 10
/jlovov
jjuepo^i
elvai ecTTC
htrj'yrjcrLV
07/C09.
^^fci^^t^ji^m^^^^jyy^^
dWa
fii/xelaOai
n^eprj
irepaivofxeva,
TTOitjfjuaTO'i
I
il
— 1460
1459 b 27
7.
rwv inroKpLTWv
Kol
aK7}vf]'i
—
4
ttoWo,
irpaTTOfxeva
lltll
l
avTrj
7re7roL7]Kev
aipelaOai.
Kal
(xOat Set
"O^ripo'^ hrj
eXdyiCTTa 10 ol
jMev
Kal
40.
apogr.
:
Kal otl
ovv
codd.
:
dXkoi
Vahlen apogr.: ixrtyvit] A" 2,
cf.
A*^
:
Arab, seclus.
'si
Kiv-qriKa, el
:
(fuit
:
et
(xt),
1.
fxev
:
o\ov
ficfMrjTij'i.
dycovi^ovTai,
Kav ravrais Bywater.
Kivr)TLKal A<=
extremum
aipelffdai.
Siatpeladai A".
TroirjTrjv
KaTa TavTa
Gomperz. t]
ovk dyvoel o tov
hel
St'
[Si-]
eiraivel- 7
d^to<;
TrotrjTMV
yap
quis nesciret' (Margolioutli).
Gomperz.
(Margoliouth)
Twiuing
1460 a
tl^ 6
etrroixev
\avTff\
iroWd
re
icTTL
avTol
Kal Taiirri
kLvt)(7i.s A'^.
KivTjTiKa Kal
ydp
ov
dpfxoTTOV
tmv
fiovo'i
avTov
\eyeiv'
dXlC coairep
'r]pcp(p,
to
dXKa
he
avTov.
TTOiecv
tc5
rj
BiBdcTKei
^vcTL'i
T)
pnyvvoi
el
ovBeh fjuaKpdv crvaTacnv
hco
Boiiitz,
:
kivtitlko.
2.
ij.I/x7](tis
/xiyutjoi
Aid.
in litura corr.) 5.
Bekker
Aid.,
:
:
:
/j-iyvrjei
/a?;
7^0^77
avr^ apogr.: avTrj
confirmare videtur Arabs
•
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXIV. and the same time
carried on at one
4—7
93
we must
;
confine
ourselves to the action on the stage and the part taken
by the
But
players.
can be presented
;
an
these, if relevant to the subject,
The Epic has here
poem.
to the
diverting the
mind
of the hearer
episodes.
Eor
incident soon produces satiety, and
makes
the
story
on the
As fitness
in
with
varying
and relieving sameness
of
tragedies fail
stage.
for the metre, the heroic
by the
measure has proved
test of experience.
its
5
poem
If a narrative
any other metre or in many metres were now com-
posed,
it
measures massive
;
would be found incongruous. the
heroic
and hence
the
is it
metaphors, which
and
stateliest
For
and
of
the
all
most
most readily admits rare words another point in which the
is
narrative form of imitation stands alone. 1460 a
the
to
and one that conduces to grandeur of
advantage,
effect, also
owing
poetry,
events simultaneously transacted
and
add mass and dignity
Epic
in
many
form,
narrative
On
the other
hand, the iambic and the trochaic tetrameter are stirring measures, the latter being akin to dancing, the former expressive of action.
mix together
Still
more absurd would
different metres, as
Hence no one has ever composed a poem on a in
any other than heroic
have
said, teaches
Homer, admirable
imitator.
Nature
great scale
herself,
as
we
in all respects, has the special merit 7
he should take himself
him an
be to 6
the choice of the proper measure.
of being the only poet
as possible in his
verse.
it
was done by Chaeremon.
own
who
rightly appreciates the part
The poet should speak
person, for
it is
as little
not this that makes
Other poets appear themselves upon
»
1
...........
ev9v
(Ta./juevo'i
ovv 5
8'
raU
ev
elcrd'yeL
ovhev
Kol
[rj6o<;]
6\i
Be
fjLifiovvrai
1
7— lo-
XXIV.
94
ev
1460 a 11—32 6
dvhpa
yvvatKa
i)
aXX'
arjOrj
e'^ovra
rb
iroielv
irpaTTOVTa'
eTrel
Trepl
tcl
ovTa 'yeXola av
(TK7]vrj
Si(OK0PT6'i,
/xaXXov
hiw^iv
iirl
koI ov
ecTTcoTei;
XavOdvei.
eireatv
TOL
avfM-
opav eU tov
firj
ol fxev
ri fiev 8
o
8l
'^KTopo
Trjv
(pavelr],
Se avavevcov, ev he
6
Set
Oavfiaarov,
ixaXiara to OavfiaaTOv, Sta to
jBaivei,
dWo
i)
tjOtj.
dXojov,
to
eTTOiroLLa
rfj
Se oXlya (ppotfiia-
oXtyaKL^;'
rpa
evSe'^erai
::
20 TO he Bav/jbacTTov rjhv' arjfielov he- 7rdvTe<; yap TrpocrTi-
aTrayyeWovacv
OevTe'i
eaTi
tovto
he
OTav Tovhl
dWovi
Toh\
25 vcTTepov ecTTiv, Kal to irpoTepov elvat he eaTi
hcb
yjrevho'i.
TovTov
ovhe,
TrapaXoyi^eTaL
yap to tovto
Tjjxoiv
\oyov
avvicTTaadai
jxr)
iam S
^dos om. Reiz, habuit
13.
ovUva.
Toh
A=.
fjd-r)
iireaiv
Vettori apogr.
Kal> Christ,
dvdXoyov codd.,
:
iireiTa
:
rd A°,
fort, recte "2.
dXX' ov8i rec.
:
Vahlen ovdi
.
dXXo,
:
.
edv yap
.
-g
dvdyKt] ti
corr.
.
.
tovtwv
drjaiv 6 dKpoaTTjS, et 18,
28.
?)
fiXXo
:
Christ
6
:
t?
5t?
:
t)
:
5t6
apogr.
codd.
:
i^v
add.
Bonitz
Tucker.
Cum
:
if
15.
dXoyov
17.
eirei
A=, rec.
Robortelli,
apogr.
< Kal
Post oSf add.
Se2 Bonitz, Christ.
5^ cod.
KdKeivo
:
oiidev' d-ridr]
14.
Tov'i
dXkd
ra
corr.
yj.
dWov
di
&\\o
verbis
5'
ypibpifj-ov,
t6
5'
TovTuv apogr.
on :
8
dXX'
contulerim Rhet. i. 2. 13, 1357 a 17, ovd^ del Xiyeiv avrbs yap tovto irpocTlaTeepavhrjs rd 'OXty/iTrta, ov8^ Set irpocdeivai.
ivpoadetvai
.
seclus. Bonitz, Christ
TOVTO A=
Bursian.
6 Vettori
24. 26.
Trpoatpetadac 10
Kav rah Gomperz.
:
5t'
S.
25. 'yeviadai coni. Christ. A<=
etSos
:
6v,
ov.
co?
dXoycov,
jxepoiv
^^"^ coni. Christ.
^x<"''r°-
d\T]de
hvvaTa aTTiOava'
rj
e'/c
dX>C
yevecrdat
?)
TrpwTov
to
tcov ^iiTTpwv.
e/c
dhvvaTa eiKOTa fidWov
re hel
to
el
\^evho
elhevat
Kal
'yjrv'^r)
rj
30 irapdheiyfia he tovtov
re
av to TrpwTov
hi],
hid
TrpoaOelvac'
\.v\
ylvrjTai,
yivecrOaf tovto
rj
dvdyKt] elvat
6vT0<;,
he 9
het
o)?
yap dvOpwiroi,
ytvofxevov
rj
-p
Xeyeuv
1/reuS?}
o'iovTai
7rapd\oyi(7/j,6
6vT0
hehlha^ev
x^apt^ofievoi.
p.aXi(TTa "OyLiT/po? Kol TOV
^ Vahlen.
30.
ToiTov codex Robortelli
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXIV. 7—10 the scene throughout, and imitate but
Homer, a
and
little
rarely.
few prefatory words, at once brings in
after a
man, or woman, or other personage
wanting in
95
characteristic
none of them
;
but
qualities,
with
each
a
character of his own.
The element of the wonderful The
admitted in Tragedy. 8
is
on which the wonderful depends
irrational,
for its
chief effects, has wider scope in Epic poetry, because there
the person
acting
not seen.
is
Hector would be ludicrous
if
still
them back.
passes
pleasing
as
:
be
telling a story, every
the
But
The
secret
of
lies
it
one thing
if
is
in
that,
likewise
or becomes.
But thing
a
in
telling
fallacy.
this is
second
is
is,
the
9
lies
For,
or becomes, a second
is
that, if the
first
Homer who
of
art
men imagine
is
fact
It is
it.
or becomes,
Hence, where the
the
one adds something startling of his
has chiefly taught other poets the
assuming that
poem
wonderful
the
from the
inferred
own, knowing that his hearers like
skilfully.
the pursuit, and
in
in the Epic
Now
unnoticed.
may
of
—
and not joining
Greeks standing Achilles waving
absurdity
Thus, the pursuit
placed upon the stage
is
first
a false inference.
untrue,
it
is
quite un-
necessary, provided the second be true, to add that the first
is
or
has
Eor the mind, knowing the
become.
second to be true, falsely infers the truth of the
There
is
an example of
this in
first.
the Bath Scene of the
Odyssey. Accordingly, possibilities to
the
poet
improbable
must not be composed
should
prefer
possibilities.
probable
The
of irrational parts.
im- 10
tragic plot
Everything
XXIV. lo— XXV.
96
fjudXiara
fMTjSku
fiev
aKo
e')(eLv
wairep OtStTrou? to
/jLvdev/xaro'i,
dWa
35 aireOavev,
tm
ev
[xrj
CK Teyea'i et? rrjv M.vaLav
dv
dvyprjTO
o
40 repwi,
1460 b
dveKrd
dv
SrjXov
vvv he
TTOirjaete'
Kol
ridrj
XXV
10
TO
N
JT
•
<j)av\o<;
7rot7}Trj<;
dcpavl^ei
7roir}Tr)
Tol
iv
Stavor]TCKOi<;'
fxijTe
Xap.irpd
ydp
icrTt
Td re
Xeft?
dv Oewpovcnv yevoiT dv
dpcdfiov
ev
Tt
cocnrepavel
TTotT^r^?
fMifjLr)T7](;
Ti9 dX\o
"^^^
iv r^v
he Trpo^Xrj/xdToyv Kal Xvaecov, iK ttoctwv re Ka\
irepl
r;
rd
Kol
&)?
SiuTrovelv
Sec
Xtav
7)
Bel
hLavoia
Td
TTOicov elScov icTTLv,
avrd
rj0iKol<;
ixrjTe
yap irdXiv
dTroKpvTTTei,
on
ov
ovk dv
iirel
CKdeaiv
he Xe^ei
TT]
dcjxjovof;
kol (^aivrirat evXoyco-
drj
el
6
yap
dp'^f]<;
dWoif; dyaOol'i 6
Kol
p,epeaLV
dp
e'f
ttjv
yevoiTo,
TjSvvwv TO aTOTTOv.
5
irepl
T0i
iv ^HXifcrpa
Mucrot?
droTTOv <6v>'
Kol
ivSe'^eadac
^OSvaaeia dXoya rd
rov
e^o)
fxr},
oiare to Xeyetv
)]Kcov.
crvvi(TTaadaL toiovtov<;' dv 8e
14
elBivat ttw? o Adio<;
iv
rj
'yeXolov
p,vdo
8e
el
/jlt)
Spd/juaTi, coairep
rd Jlvdia dTrayyeWovre';,
ol
33—1460 b
1460 a
2.
dec,
Tptcov ovtcov
p^ifiela-Oat
ydp ola
t]
rjv
(j^avepov. ^Q)ypd(f)o<;
ecrTtv,
rj
old
rj
f,
t^,jk.-
(paaiv Kal
BoKel,
rj
ola
elvat
6vop,aaLV>
\eTai Xi^et
<7]
lieTa(f)opal^'
Kal iroXXd irdOrj
34.
<6>
1460 b apogr.
2. :
dpt.6fj.bv
ola
OtStTToi^s TTOLTjaeie
de A<=.
Kvpi,oi<;
By water. Heinsius 8.
40. :
troiricrei.
ttoLiov €i5u)v
vel Tip apidfiQ apogr.
A".
Gomperz
13. sec.
<'^
Vahlen.
:
KvpioLS
TavTa
hel.
Trj'i
Kal
rj
apogr.
:
:
So-'
&\\a
&v eldQv
coni.
3j'
Spengel.
tQiv dpid/xun/ A*. 6v6fx.aa(.v>
14. Kal
icrTi, hihofxev
a.^ogr.
iiroiricrev
ttoIuiv
i^ayyek- 2
yXooTTac^; Kal
Xe^ewi
awoUx^c^daL
codd.
8'
5.
11.
A<=.
12.
Vahlen
Trdd-q coni.
-^ :
addidi. re
rbv
ola apogr.
)
Vahlen.
Kvpiq.>
:
lo— XXV.
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXIV. irrational
should,
events,
should
it
be
possible,
if
lie
excluded
death)
Laius'
not within
;
drama,
the
Electra, the messenger's account of the or, as
once
it
first
manner
Pythian games;
is
irrational
Odysseus
is
left
incidents
is
the poet invests diction
veiled
As
should
be
elaborated
is
respect to critical
be drawn
artist,
objects,
—
may must
and their
of the sources from
solutions,
which they
be thus exhibited.
of
imitator,
like a
necessity
imitate
of expression
is
painter or any
one
of
three
as they ought to
language,
may be, rare words many modifications of
or, it
also
over brilliant.
things as they were or are, things as they are
The vehicle terms
is
diflficulties
said or thought to be, or things
are
in the pauses of 11
no expression of character
For, conversely, character and- thought are
The poet being an other
is,
it.
number and nature
may
it
by the poetic charm with which
merely obscured by a diction that
the
in-
might have been would be apparent
the action, where there or thought.
where
How
of Ithaca.
an inferior poet were to treat the subject.
the absurdity
With
But
be tolerated.
the Odyssey,
in
upon the shore
tolerable even these
XXV
to
Such a plot
ridiculous.
instance be constructed.
absurdity itself should
the
it,
Take the
The
in the
as
has been framed and an air of likelihood im-
parted to
1460 b if
—
The plea that otherwise the
would have been ruined,
should not in the
all
man who comes from Tegea
in the Mysians, the
JMysia without speaking. plot
at
or,
;
outside the action of the play (as,
in the Oedipus, the hero's ignorance as to the of
97
2
—
either
or metaphors.
language,
be.
current 2
There
which
we
^
nn
1
1
1
1
1
^A^p ^
'T /^
r^
15
V ^t<^
7«p ravra toi^ opOorrjq
*
^^J**-.:
"J^^'
''
%.&.
r;
\
\
aWrj^
ri FT!
I
icrrlv
20 op6w^ Be
dfi(f)Q) TO,
7rpoe\ecr6ac
dBvvaTa
25 Bel
\veiv.
eincrKO'irovvTa
dBvvaTa
Te')(VT]v
el Tvy-^dvei,
jidWov irepl
Trjv
yap
rj
rj
tov
TO
'
eXaTTov yap
;
ovk
C'^ec
rj
5ia
add.
ei
27.
d
ra
:
A<=, e^
ry 22.
Diintzer
:
M. Sclimidt.
rec. A<=, Valilen.
TrjV
.
.
.
5t'
d/j.'
ovk
^
:
81'.
post 21.
[?)]
rj
KaT dXko
fii/x-^traadai ei
T^xv-qv
to^tuv Texv^v
coni.
^ A°. ^ ddivara
apogr.
TreTrolijrai •
Be 6
<:a)9>
:
Christ.
plerique edd.
dp-qrai evprjTai Heinsius Ueberweg, ^ttov A°: ^ firrov Bywater, Ussing Tifiapr-qTai
28. fjTTov
7rpb<; laai
24.
aSwara :
32. Tj/xapTTJa-daL seclus. Trepi
Bel
ert iroTepcov
Valilen.
owoiavovi'
/xtj
Kal KaTO, 6p6(t)<;-
eypa-yjrev.
to, irpbs avTTjv ttjv
31.
etp7]Tai),
Trotel jiepo
jxevTOL to TeA.09
Te'^vrjV
addidi
add.
ttjv 5 e'^^ec,
yBei otc €\a(po<; drjXeia
jirj
iniJLrj
rix^V
sup. scr.
Bekker: ttjv ws coni. Vahlen.
el
&crTe
6p9co<;
OTt ovk dXrjdi), dXfC
add. Valilen ante aSvvaTa.
Tripecrat
Aid.,
iv
Ueberweg.
jreiroiTjTai seclus.
26.
5'
Te')(yr]v
avTTjv
irpo^
virdp-^eiv
djXLfxrjTW^
el
SpdCo?
ht]
opdQs, rifiapTe
el
Xirirov
tovtwv
€k
dX>C
[rjjxapTTjcrdac]
twv KaTa
d/JudpTrjfia,
addidi.
19. Ti
dWrjv
0X6)9 firjBajxy rjfiapTrjcrOaL.
Toi;Tot9 idv einTLjidTaL
Vahlen
i)
dWo
rj
eveBe')(eTO
tovtcov Te'^vtjv,
35
KepaTa
rov
to kuO^ eKuaTrjv
el
fiev
FjKTopo<; Bico^a.
rJTTov
el ivBe')(^6Tai
e
aWa
i)
ov KaO eavTrjv.
avTo
rj
ap,apTia'
77
tov t€\ov<; tov avTrj^ {to
30 irapaBeiyjia fj
avTrj<;
TreiroLrjTat, r/fidpTrjTaL,
eKTrXrjKTiKcoTepov
0(5x0)9
el
irpcoTOv
ovSe
Kara avfi^e-
irpo^rjixaa-Lv
rot?
.
7roirjTiK'i]
jjuLpLrjo-aadaL
KaT luTpiKTjv
TreTTolrjTac] oiroiavovv,
ev
r?}?
Be
rj
Be^ca Trpofie^XrjKora
iTTCTCfjLiJixaTa
TO,
8e
opdco'?,
fjirj
,
avrrj 3
rj
iroirjTCKrj'i
Trj<;
avTrj
> aBwa/jbtav,
Bl
efXL^irjcraTO
reyvrjv ajidprrjixa olov to \rj
koI
7roi'r)TiK7](;,
,
,
ou^
irpo^ Be Tourot?
yap irpoeiKeTO
to
Be
1460 b 15—37
fxev
rj
[lev
el
|
7roXiTLKrj
Ti]
Kal
Sirrr) afiapria,
:
n-^y^
I
iroLrjral'i.
Te^i/779
"i /St; /CO 9.
el
1
1
XXV. 3—6.
98
y
1
1
rj/xapTTjadai,
:
Tucker.
37.
3—6
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXV.
Add
concede to the poets. correctness
more than
in poetry and
of poetry
itself there
which touch
to this, that the standard of 3
not the same in poetry and
is
essence,
its
any other
are
99
politics, any-
Within the
art.
two kinds of
faults,
—
art
those
and those which are accidental.
If a poet has proposed to himself to imitate something, 4
<;but has imitated
the error is
it
incorrectly > through
want
But
inherent in the poetry.
is
if
due to the thing he has proposed to do
of capacity,
the failure
—
if
he has
represented a horse as throwing out both his off legs at once, or introduced technical inaccuracies in medicine, for
example, or in any other art
we
—
the error
is
not essential to
These are the points of view from which
the poetry.
should consider and answer the objections raised by
the
critics.
First
we
will suppose the poet has represented things 5
impossible according to the laws of his
an error; but the error
may
be
own
justified, if
art.
It is
the end of
the art be thereby attained (the end being that already
mentioned), part
of
—
if,
that
poem
the
case in point
is
is,
the effect of this or any other
thus rendered more striking.
is
the pursuit of Hector.
end might have been as
If,
A
however, the
well, or better, attained without
violating the special rules of the poetic art, the error is
not justified
:
for every
kind of error should,
if possible,
be avoided. Again, does poetic art, or to
know
the
error
touch the essentials of the
some accident
of
it ?
that a hind has no horns
than to paint Further,
is
For example,
—
not
a less serious matter
it inartistically.
if it
be objected that the description
is
not 6
I
M'lJ lll'T'lJf ''>'»>''»! ''rrTTTT'"^^''''^^''^'"''''^'
Set
6— lo.
XXV.
100
—
40
on
^eXriov 1461
\xevy
" ey^ea
Be
tor
7)
el
airovBalov
ayadoii, 10
ra
rrjv
rj
ore
KaKo^ "
TrpoacoTTOv
^
CLKpaTov
ov
C09
1
Iliad X. 152.
^
lb. xxiii. Ill,
1.
Ritter. t)
:
Carroll.
rb 8i
..IZ
to
AC
8. rj
a'Koyevr]raL.
'Iva
A<=:
ra de Spengel.
Tov
:
:
olov
d
i.
distinxi
apogr.
:
50.
cf.
irapa.
:
1448 a 37 'S,evoa.veL
oi/rw Spengel.
post \4yovTa 9.
ov to
^
41. ei coni. Valilen.
^evo(t>6,v7] A''
A"
to
evirpoa-
/5. ix. 203.
ovre A^. :
elBo<;
to Be Kara 10
codd., tuetur Gomperz,
ov A<=, ovv rec.
Commate
quam
\eyec
dXka
Is.prJTe'i
to OaTTOv.
115 (Verrall), potius
evpLvidrjs
roc
rj
aavfifierpov
4
Tyrwhitt
A^.
rj
fxel^ovo^
rj
^(oporepov Be Kepaie"
dWa
40. ourw apogr.
olov :
aw/j-a
^evo(pdveL vel ^evo(pdvris apogr.
odv
KaKov,
316.
39. Eiipnridriv Heinsiiis:
1461 a
tov 8
Be
tov TrpaTTOvTa
el
ov eveKev, olov
yap ov
tcr&)9
olvo(p\v^tv
{adrjvaloi codd.).
yap
ovro)
•'^
irepl
elprj/xevov ^XeTTOvra,
rj
to yap eueiBe<; ol
ala'^pov,
3 lb. X.
apogr.
"
Ka\ovaf Kal to "
15 ayirov
ottXcov,
TreirpaKrat, ov fiovov
rj
Kal rj
ov
ccrcof;
rwv
Kal tov AoXcova "09 p
Tov<; (f)v\aKa<;, erjv
orw
/jLei^ovo<;
rj
•
fjuev
rj
erv^ev
Xe^tv opcovra Bel BiaXvetv, olov yTuorrr) 9
" ovprja<; fxev irpSirov "
aWa
aWa
ov
yevyrai,
'iva
7rp6
Be.
rj
irpo^;
Be
Trepl
vvv 'IWvpiol.
a-Keirreov et? aiiro to TreTrpay/jbivov
\eyovTa,
ra
•
etpijraC tlvl
i)
ra
(jjaai.
olov
eVt craypcorf;/)©? "
Kal
coaTrep
/caXco?
yu-?;
ovv
ovre
'^ap
i'cr&J9
aXX <6t>
aXrjOi],
el'^ev,
"OpO^
cr(f)tv
evojii^ov,
/caXco?
aXX'
el Be fMijBerepo)^, 7
dewv,
irepl
ovr
aXk" oyro)?
avTo
€(f)r}
ravrr) Xvriov.
ra
olov
'B,evo<^avei'
^eXnov
—
Xiyeiv
ouTO)
a wo-7re/o
5
(paalv
0VT03
''''^'"^'
1460 b 38—1461 a 16
olov Kal %o(f>OK\rj<;
lEivpiTTiBrjv Se oloL elaiv
''•*'«
^
rec.
:
A<=
add.
7.
d
irpbs
5v 16.
:
6—9
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXV. true to
fact,
may
poet
the
perhaps reply,
objects are as they ought to be
drew men
that he
they
'
— But '
the
just as Sophocles said
:
as they ought to be
Euripides, as
;
may
In this way the objection
are.
101
be met.
If, 7
however, the representation be of neither kind, the poet
may
answer,
—
'
This
how men
is
say the thing
applies to tales about the gods.
may
It
This
is.'
well be that
these stories are not higher than fact nor yet true to 1461 a
fact
they
:
are,
very possibly, what Xenophanes says of
But anyhow,
them.
this
'
is
what
is
description
may
the fact
as in the passage about the
upon
;
'
it
now
among
is
' :
arms
still, it ' :
was
Upright
This was the
stood the spears.'
their butt-ends
custom then, as
Again, a
said.'
be no better than the fact
the lUyrians.
Again, in examining whether what has been said or 8
done by some one
is
poetically right or not,
we must
not look merely to the particular act or saying, and ask
whether sider
it is
whose
poetically good or bad.
whom
by
it
is
interest, or for
We
said or done, to
what end
;
must
Other
difficulties
may
We may
note a rare word, as in
the sense of mules, but of sentinels. '
ill-favoured
meant that was ugly;
his
body was
denote a
mix
the drink
'
stronger
'
/xev
not in
Dolon
So, again, of
It is not
ill-shaped, but that his face
Cretans use the word euetSe?, 'well-
favoured,' to Kepaie,
ovpr}a
ovpfja^i
indeed he was to look upon.'
for the
it
evil.
be resolved by due regard to the 9
where the poet perhaps employs
irpoiTov,
in
whether, for instance,
be to secure a greater good, or avert a greater
diction.
also con-
whom, when,
fair
Again, ^coporepov Se
face.
livelier,*
does not
as for hard drinkers, but
'
mix
it
mean (i
'
mix
nicker.
it
'
:
1
XXV.
102
20 ofjbahov'"
8e
AvXmv
adprjaeiev,
Kara
jdp
fi6Ta(popdv, to
8e 01 "
Kal " to
*
olov
Staipeaei,
K€Kpr]TO.^^
T?79
ii.
Be
TO,
vv^'"^ TO
Iliad
"
rot
rj
crvpuyjeov
or 6
jxev
1, fiXXot n-iv
o'lr]
tmv
S'
eXvev o ®daio<; to 11 o/x/Spo).^^
" aLyjra
Be
dddvaT <elvai> Zcopa re " 7rapa>'^7]Kev
dpb^i^oXov
TrXeioy
"
to
ov KaTairvOeTai
dfKJjL/SoXia,
Xe^ea)9'
Kal
fyvoipLficoTaTov fiovov.
'Eyu.7re8o«:\779
e(f)V0VT0, TO, irpXv fxdOov
TO 6^09
pa deol re koI
^rjacv
he irpocrwhiav, oicnrep 'iTTTrla^
Si,So/jiev
^
fiev
Se
afia
^
to yap irav iroXv tl'
etpijTai,
25 TO,
" iravre^
TO
^
afjifjbopo
"
TpcoLKov
TO
17—29
1461 a
14.
•
TreSlov
llli
1
1
EvSoz/ Travvv'^ioi "
avep6
Kara
—
1
1
olov
ecpTjraL,
fieTa(f>opav
69
lo
1
iaTLV.
Be
Be
to,
KeKpa/juevcov
^
Ovtjt 12 Trpcv TrXetw 13
/cara 14
olvov
pa 6eol re koL dvipes 'nnroKopv(7Tal
eddov Travvvxi-OL. lb. X. 1,
&WoL
dpiffTrjes
Trapa, VTjvcrlv
ixkv
Ilavaxo.i-'^t'
evdov iravvix'-°'^ lb. X.
^
11,
TOL
is irediov rb
6't'
TpuiKbv
ddp7}ffeiev,
6a)jfia^€v irvpd ttoXXo. to. Kaiero 'T\i69i 7rp6,
aiiXwv (Tvplyywv t ^ lb. xviii. *
489,
5'
oirj
dfj.fj.op6s
Jb. xxi. 297, didofj-ev 8e
quo hie agitur) Tpueaai. ^ lb. xxiii.
328, rb
fj-iv
St]
yap
Travres
Grafenhan
Christ, habuit
iam
2,
cf.
Arab.
collate Athenaeo, x. 423.
'
fwpti
Gomperz Aid.
ceteri :
28. irXelu
:
Bursian
:
ii.
15
(de
8'
ifdis,
om. A=.
A^
< 'ivi.a >
v{j^
^TL fjolpa XiXeiTTTaL.
linroKopvcrTal post dvepes add.
i
:
26.
et dei qui equis elvai
fcDd codd.
ree. sup. scr.
TrXeoj A<^:
irXetov vel irXioy apogr.
<:6ffa> tQiv KeKpafiivuv Vahlen: irdv K€Kpafiivov
iyyudi
quidem liomines
Athenaeus
27. KeKprjro sec. Bergk. Karsten ed. Empedocles. t
5'
18.
fiXXot A'=.
:
dverai,
TpiTaTT]
20. toO apogr.
armati insident.
dKpTjTa
vii^
wpo^i^ifKe, TrapifixV^^" ^^ ir\iwv
tQiv Svo fLoipdwv,
17.
Sed in Iliads
ecfo^-n-Tai.
ov KaTa-n-vderai. Sfj^pip. fj.d\a
darpa Si
iari XoerpQv 'ClKeavoio.
eSxos dpiadai.
Si KrjSe'
lb. X. 251,
**
oi
dvOpihiruiu.
ivoiri^v S/iiaSdv t'
add. Vettori re
:
apogr.:
TrXe'oi'
Trpiv
KiKpiro apogr. irXeo^v
29. olopovv add. Tucker.
<6(ra TrortDc KeKpafiivuv Ueberweg:
olim conieci ante
dtvop.
'
—
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXV. 10—14 Sometimes an expression
men were
gods and
is
his gaze to the Trojan plain,
and
of flutes
for
'
many,'
verse,
—
pipes.'
All
'
'
:
metaphorical;
for the
10
while at
he marvelled at the sound
'
is
here used metaphorically
alone she hath no part
'
—
all
Often indeed as he turned
many.
being a species of
all
'Now
metaphorical, as
sleeping through the night/
the same time the poet says
103
best
.
.
,'
So in the '
olrj,
known may be
alone,'
is
called the
only one. Again,
the
accent
Thus Hippias of Thasos solved the
breathing. in the lines,
KaraTTvOerac
Or
may depend upon
solution
BlSo/juev (ScSofxev) Se ol,
and to
or 11
difficulties /xev
ov (ov)
ofi/Spo).
again, the question
— Of as in Empedocles, '
may
be solved by punctuation, 12
a sudden things became mortal
that before had learnt to be immortal, and things un-
mixed before mixed.' Or
again,
TrapM'^TjKev
Be
by ambiguity
construction,
where
vv^,
vrXetw
of
the
word
—
as
irXeco
in 13 is
ambiguous.
Or by the usage drink
is
called
0I1/09,
of '
language.
wine.'
Thus
any mixed 14
Hence Ganymede
is
said
1
1
1
1
1
1
TTTI
I
nn
I
ITITll III
XXV.
104 30
uu JLUXUJX1JJLL1-IJ3
1 1 1 1 1
atrepoio,"]
—
1461 a 30
17.
"
[odev TreTrobrjrat
eivat,
<j)a<7Lv
14
I
o9ev etprjrat 6
-
'^' .........
— 1461
II
veorevKTOv
Kvr]/ju
Tavv/ji,r]8r]
b
^
Ad
"
Kacr'
olvo'^oevei^^
ov TTivovrcov olvov, KoX '^d\Kea<; rovq top crihr^pov ipya^o/u,evov<;.
av tovto ye Kara fjuera^opdv. 15
8'
etr)
n
orav ovo/xd
Bel Be Koi
virevavriwixd rt Bokj}
olov TO " Orjvai 1461 b
p ea-yeTo '^aXKeov €7^09,"
TTj
TTocrap^ft)?
evBe')(eTai.
av Tt9 viroXa^oi,, kuto, Xeyei,
evia
otl
avWojl^ovTat Kal
€7nTi,/ii(ocrtv,
av
virevavTiOv
TOVTO Be TreTTOvOe
to,
wept ^iKaptov.
BoKei 5
A.aK(ova eivai'
eU
avTcp
fia'^ov
coaTrep
\eyova-L tov Bi
to
^OBvaaea Kal to
dfJbdpTTjjjba Brj
irap
30. 6dev eiprtrai
ireiroirjTai.
.
.
.
.
.
olvov in
.
Vahlen
-^
ivd^X^'''^'-'
3.
:
(I18I
add.
Kal
ffTj/xrjveLev
36-38. olov t6
addidi:
post
AP'
J'crxero fidXivou
p
')
vel
yj
'^s
Castelvetro
:
11.
i(jTLv
<'^>
Hermann, irpbs
31.
.
fort,
.
apogr.
:
7)
<w8l>, 2.
ayi/n-rjveLe
recte:
(cf.
6dev sec.
olim
Vahlen
Gomperz
5^
Interpunxerunt
^via
:
^vloi
Vettori.
ai/ruv Heiusius 10.
:
37.
Vahlen:
ws coni.
4.
avrQv codd. Sr;
avp-alvot
M. Schmidt.
1461 b
:
Maggi
t6 TavTrj KooKvOi^vai [woaaxus]
k.t.X.
w5l
35.
dpyjpdres 6tl A".
avTwv codd. 8. avrdv Bekker Maggi: Sta^uapriy^aa codd., Bekker. €/k6s
crT]fJ,aiv€L€ .
rts
et iJiro\d(3oi plerique edd.
elprjKdros 6 rt
jj, ^x. 234.
Hv tis vnoXd^oi, Ueberweg.
naXiffT
oXo)? 17
^yxos.
Heiusius.
T
vQs fioiKiffT' &v ws seclus. Bywater.
t^S'
'I/ca-
to ^ekTiov
M. Schmidt.
KaacriTe poio seclus.
33.
ffrinalvoie
:
ivdexerai 8nr\Qs,
7rp6
rj
e^et
yrjfjiac
ovk
codd. post epya^oixivovs, hue revocavit
cod. Lampridii.
ed. 3.
rrj
yap
aXV
elvai ^iKdBcov
Tr;A,e-
ia(o
7rp6/3\7]/j,a elKo^ icTTiv.
2
XX. 272,
S*
avTcov
Iliad xxi. 592, ^ lb.
to
tc
o
olrjcrei.
yap avTov
otovTac
Be TO dBvvaTOV fxev irpo
avTwv
Trj
ivTvyelv tov
firj
^aai'
avTol
Kal
elprjKOTO'?
A.aKeBaifjiova e\6ovTa.
Ke^aXr^z^e?
01
10 piov.
aToirov ovv
VXavKwv
ft)9
17
&)?
17
fidXicTT
eo?]
{jj
KUTavTiKpv
TrpovTroXa/n^dvova-tv
d\6yQ)<;
KaTayfrr](f)Ladfj,evoL
elprj/xevq),
to TavTy ko)\v- 16
^
<Se>
oiBl
ttjv
o-rj/jiaLveLV,
tw
35 eTTicrKOTreiv iroaa^co^ av arifiaivoL tovto ev
5^ codd.
Sl'
<elvai>
eUbi eari Gomperz).
Aid., Bekker, fort, recte.
:
atidpT-qixa
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXV. 14—17 '
pour the wine
to
Zeus,'
to
105
though the gods do not
So too workers in iron are called
drink wine.
or workers in bronze.
')(ciKKea^,
may
also be taken
to involve
some incon-
This, however,
as a metaphor.
when a word seems
Again, sistency
senses
example should
:
bear
The
there.'
jump
particular
true
mode
For 16
passage.
how many ways we may
in
'
—we
take 'being
of interpretation is the
what Glaucus mentions.
precise opposite of says,
the
in
15
how many
consider
there was stayed the spear of bronze
'
ask
checked 1461 b
may
it
we should
meaning,
of
Critics,
at certain groundless conclusions
;
he
-
they pass
adverse judgment and then proceed to reason on
it
and,
;
assuming that the poet has said whatever they ^happen fault if a thing is inconsistent
to think, find
own
The question about
fancy.
in this fashion.
The
They think
monian.
machus should not
critics it
imagine he was a Lacedae-
strange,
h^ive
with their
Icarius has been treated
therefore,
that
Tele-
met him when he went
to
But the Cephallenian story may perhaps
Lacedaemon.
be the true one.
They
allege that
Odysseus took a wife
from among themselves, and that her father was Icadius not Icarius.
It
is
merely a mistake, then, that gives
plausibility to the objection.
In
general,
reference
to
the
impossible
artistic
must be
requirements,
or
to
justified
the
by 17
higher
XXV. 17— XXVI.
106
1
86^av Sel advyetv.
7rpo<; rrjv
7]
I.
dhvvaTov>
to-&)9
dWa
15 eypa(f>ev, e'^etv.
akoyov iaTtv
TTore ovK
rd
yiveaOai.
biairep ol ev toi<; \6yoi
20 avTO Kal Xeyec
^-j,^^^"^ '-^M^'
rj
dv
(f)p6vL/jio
f^^ aXoyia Kal
^U-.z '
'
'^p'qcrrjTai
dXoya
co?
rj
tov M.eve\dov.
^XajSepd
yap
rj
at
rj
jxev
nrapd
tw?
rj
Trj
ovv 20
dSvvaTa
o)?
virevavTia
&)?
rj
opOoTrjTa Trjv KUTa Te'^vrjv.
Tr]v
Ta
eK
he XvaeL
tmv
elprjixevwv dptOfMcov aKeiTTeai, elalv he hcoheKa.
XXVI
TTOTepov he ^eXTLoov
30 hiairoprjcreiev dv TotavTrj
14. (
'
fortasse
Vahlen. (coni.
8'
77
icrws
TTjOO?
modum
d8vvaTov>
Gomperz,
contrarii
'
:
22.
aXoylg.
codd., serv. Christ,
del.
apogr.
apogr.
:
fj
TTj
piXriov A*.
beCKiav codd.
. '
orov
)
:
Kal
TpayiKrj,
codd.
16.
Twining,
5'
iam
coni.
add. Ueberweg
Arab,
of.
Arabe
collato
ddvi^aTov
el
'quae
dicta
ws inrevavrla Heinsius vnevavrla wj codd. ware /cat Xvr^ov M. Schmidt ovtws re Kal d :
:
:
21.
23. Tip
Aiye'i
rj
Margolioutli,
sec. .
.
:
vTrevavrius
18.
Kad' aiiTov coni. Christ.
A".
fiL/jir]aL
rJTTOv (popTLKrj ^eXTiwv,
77
^eXTLOV
20, &arTe Kal avrdv codd.
rec.
yap
enim impossibile est o'iovs Aid., Bekker
Vahlen).
sunt in
eTVOTrouKr)
77
el
tl<;.
Kal
(pp6vi/j.os
i)
:
Fort.
(margo) S'
:
akoyla Kal juox^ijp/a Vahlen <7rp6s> fnjdev Gomperz.
fioxO-qpiq.
Spengel.
31.
apogr.
:
rcD
apogr.
:
alyeirjTri 07;
A"^.
29.
A<=.
det,
\iav
19
firjOev
ova-ri
dXoyai, cocrTrep ^vpt7riS7]
Tea
TTOvijpia, MCTTrep ev ^OpeaTrj
&)9
avTO<;
iTriTi/jirjai^
S"
dvdyK7]
fjit]
d
irpo^
rj
opdrj
VTToOrJTai.
OTav
et/co?
aKOiretv, 18
ovtoj
rb avrb koI Trpo? to
Kal XvTeov
25 imTCiMrj/jiaTa eK irevTe elStov (f3epov<Tiv,
^
virep-
Set
ovrco re koX ort
elprj/jbeva
eKey')(pi, el
fiO'^Orjpla,
ZeO^t?
otov<;
yap Kal Trapd to
etKo^
wo-re
Q)cravTCt)
o
raXoya'
virevavrlw';
S'
elvai,
TrapdSeijfxa
(pacnv,
rrjv irolrjaLV
diridavov Kol Bvvarov.
r)
TOLOvrovi
^eXrtov to <8'> d
irpo'i
jap
re
'jrpoq
aipercorepov iriOavov dSvvarov
12— 31
461 b
^eXrlwv
Vahlen
:
9
;
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXV. or
reality,
received
to
requirements of
art,
17— XXVI. With
opinion.
respect
a probable impossibility
may
'Yes,'
the higher thing
To
reality.'
commonly that the just as
'
say,
as is
must surpass the
we appeal
justify the irrational,
to
what
is
In addition to which, we urge
sometimes does not violate reason
irrational
probable that a thing
is
be
Again,
men such
for the ideal type
;
said to be.
it
we
the
to
'but the impossible
be impossible that there should be
Zeuxis painted.
to
is
preferred to a thing improbable and yet possible. it
107
i
may happen
contrary
to probability.'
Things that sound contradictory should be examined 18
by the same
rules as in dialectical refutation
the same thing
same
We
sense.
tacitly
should therefore solve the question by
what the poet says
reference to
assumed by a person of
The element
—whether
meant, in the same relation, and in the
is
what
himself, or to
is
intelligence.
of the irrational, and, similarly, depravity
of character, are justly censured
when
necessity for introducing them.
Such
there is
1
no inner
is
the irrational
element in the Aegeus of Euripides, and the badness of
Meuelaus in the Thus,
Orestes.
there
are
are
drawn.
objections
five
sources
from
which
critical
Things are censured either as
impossible, or irrational, or morally hurtful, or dictory, or contrary to artistic correctness.
contra-
The answers
should be sought under the twelve heads above mentioned.
XXVI
The question may be Tragic
mode
of imitation
raised is
whether the Epic or
the higher.
If
the more
the higher, and the more refined in every
refined art
is
case is that
which appeals
to the better sort of audience,
20
:
XXVI. 1—4.
108
on
airavra
rj
av
{jbivcov
(poprcKiy
fic/jiovfievij
avTO^
fXT]
32—1462
1461 b
a 17
yap ovk alaOavo-
&>?
ttoWtjv KLvrjaiv Ktvovvrai,
irpocrOfj,
olov ol <^avkoL avkrjTaX KvKioixevoi, av Blctkov Berj
^KvWav
35 a6at, Kal e\Kovr6aiov av T)
ovv TpaycpSta Toiavrrj earlv, w? Kal ol irporepov 2
fiev
varepovi avrwv movto
rov
virep^dWovra 1462 a
eKoXec,
TriOrjKov
Toiavrrj
e^ovai
ovrot
viroKpird';'
ovv
rrjv fxev
Krjv Trpo? cf)av\,ov<;'
7rpb<;
dXka
el
v7roKpiTLKrj
rrj<;
BiaSovra,
oTrep
Oearca
vvv
t?}?
eirel
7roc7jTCKrj
earc
rj
CO?
iariv
el
rj
apogr.
A".
5.
avTTJs
apogr.
:
avrijs
ra Gomperz
apogr.
:
^ari
:
9.
A^. 8',
tw
/X77S'
elro.
op'^rjai'i,
Kal
eTrertfiaro
ert
fjLi/nov/xevcov.
to avri]^, Mcyirep
fierpo)
?;
A^.
6.
Usener
avrrj :
ovk eyet,
e^ecrrc '^pijaOat,,
2.
^x^i"^' 4.
ot
apogr.
:
5'
add. Vettori
odv add. Bywater, Ussing.
di^dovra apogr.: 16.
Uri
eVel rd irdvT
S'
avro^^ codd.
:
17
Kpeirrcov, tovto ye
1462 a
A"^.
Hermann
ei
ecrri
Kal yap
earl secliis. Speugel.
iirel
dWa
Kivoui'Ta
:
avTovs
^Trd Christ. 8.
J^aWiTrTrlBr}
virdp'^eiv.
eTroiroila,
KLvovvTat
33.
e'xoi'crt
rot?
'OTTovi/rto?.
6
KiV7]aeco
ovv iarc rd y
dvayKalov avrrj oaa'TTep
KarrjyopLa
Sid yap rod dvayivuxTKetv (f)avepd oiroia rl^
eTTOTroda' 15
Kal
oirep
r/
^(sxriarparo^, Kal
\_ea-TX\
ovk ekev6epa<; yvvalKa<;
rpaycpBla Kal dvev
S'
ttjv
frepiepyd^eadai
M.vaal6eo<;
iTrolec
(f)av\a)v,
rj
dX\,OL<;
co?
iineiKei'i (f)aaiv
10 ovSe Kivijcnii diraaa dTroSoKifiacrrea, elirep
a}OC
•
7rpo9
a'^rjixaTwv, rrjv 8e rpayi-
Kal pa^lrtpSovvra, onrep
ar]ixeloi
riv
tS'^vt}
ovv (popriKrj, -^eipcov SrjXov otc av 3
ov
irpSiTov ixev
€L7].
o\r]
rj
ovSev Seovrat tmv
elvai
TlivSdpov
irepl
avrov<;,
Xtav yap
d><;
tov K.aWc7r7rLSr]v
ISJivvvlaKO^
6
So^a Kal
8e Trpo^
e^ec
e'TTOTTodav
5
/xi/xel-
avXtoatv
apogr.
:
S£a56i'Ta avrrj A".
^Tretra Siotl codd.
13.
A<=.
ian
5'
4
—
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXVI. 1—4 the
which
art
and
anything
imitates
The audience
manifestly most unrefined.
109
everything
be too dull to comprehend unless something of their
own
thrown in by the performers, who therefore indulge
is
Bad
in restless movements. if
is
supposed to
is
they have to represent
is
flute-players twist
the
'
compare the
opinion that the older actors entertained of
Mynniscus used
cessors.
twirl,
Tragedy, 2
Scylla.'
We may
has this same defect.
said,
and
the quoit-throw,' or hustle the
when they perform
coryphaeus it
'
to
their suc-
Callippides
call
'
ape
on
'
account of the extravagance of his action, and the same 1462
a
view was held
Tragic
of Pindarus.
art,
then, as a whole,
stands to Epic in the same relation as the younger to
So we are told that Epic poetry
the elder actors.
addressed gesture
to
audience,
cultivated
an
Tragedy, to
;
unrefined,
Now,
a
inferior
is
who do not need
public.
Being then 3
evidently the lower of the two.
it is
in the first place, this censure attaches not to
but to the histrionic art
for gesticulation
the
poetic
may
be equally overdone in epic recitation, as by Sosi-
stratus, or in lyrical
Next,
Opuntian.
any more than formers. in
also
all
all
poetry produces
of
our
elements
superior
—
it
fault
is,
may even
found in Callippides, as
day,
who
are censured for
Again, Tragedy like Epic
even without action
reading.
it
not to be condemned
but only that of bad per-
women.
superior, this fault,
And
is
—
own
its effect
power by mere
it is
action
dancing
representing degraded
its
competition, as by Mnasitheus the
Such was the others
;
we
If,
;
it
say, is not inherent in
because use
reveals
then, in all other respects
it
has
all
the epic metre
it.
the
—with
epic 4
the
:
en
Kal
a?
ov (xiKpov
ert
kol iv
iv 5
S'
e'TTecriv
TrXeiou? Troiwaiv,
6croi.<;
olov iav 10 IXta?
i)
'lXta9.
rj
TOO
ylvovTat'
"^oWo. ToiavTa
ft)9
7rpd^ea><; /xlfn]cn
eVi T(3 T779
el
dXKa
rj
ovv T0VT0i
yap ov
ovv Tpay(pSLa<;
Kai TOV ev
/Mrj
r]
ttjv 6\(/lv
/cat
:
*
3. 7.
-^Bovrjv
inroTTOLla'^.
T7]
iiroTTOiLa';,
Kal avTMV 8 Stacjiepec,
collocavit post ivafyyiffTara. Gomperz, qui
Aid., Bekker.
Sell] del-q
5C
Maggi 1462 b 2.
TO Winstanley, Gomperz.
Gomperz.
Tv^ovcrav
(pavepov otl KpeiTTCOV
*
*
20. dvayvcbaei
iidovT] A''.
yata9
Traatv Kal 7
TtVe9 atTiat, Kat Trepl iiriTifJitjaecov Kal
18. Kat rds S^eis seclus. Spengel
^s codd.
rj
Trotrj/jLaTa
Kal iroaa Kal tL
fxepcov,
20 Xvaecov, elprjaOco TOcravTa.
^y legit:
Kal
fj
ccxrirep
to,
8ca(f)epec
ttjv
A=.
fxeiovpov
4.
Alt.
:
17
cis
tjSiov
rj
Vahlen: 21. ry
vel ats coni.
dvayvwpiaei
A'=.
Maggi
om. Aid.
Gomperz praeeunte Tyrwhitt,
:
5.
:
ijdelov
rj
apogr.
/Mfxria- ews
fort, recte.
seclus. 8.
Bernays tov fiirpov codd. Post vdap^, < iav 8i irXeioi/s > Aid., Bekker < X^7a> 5^ olo;' * * &v 8^ fx-ri, ov jxla ij fiifiricns > supplendum coni. Vahlen Teiclimtiller <&W(>is ok iroi.KiKov> Gomperz. 10. & add. apogr. 11. Kairoi TaCra to. Aid. Kal rotaOr' firra A= et plerique codd. 19. ^ apogr. el A^. cvfifxirfXi)
:
:
:
:
6
OSvcraeta a Kal
TavTa
KaLTOi
r/
* \iyw he
*
avyKeifxevri,
Kat
ttjv elpr]fxev7]v),
Kal TCOV elScov Kal tcov
(^atveaOai,
vhaprj.
fiaWov tov TeXov^ Tvy^dvovaa fxev
/uLL/jbTjo-Lf;
[fiifj,7]crea)
dpcaTa Kal otl [xdXiaTa
epya> {Sei
Te')(vr}
15 TTOielv avTa
5t'
'^povw'
eva /Mvdov
jxev
fivovpov
fj
[leprj
fi€ye6o<;'
ivhe')(eTaL
iav
co(TTe
fxtjKei
av/jifjiiTpa)
eavTa e%et
/xm
[rj]
iK yap oTrotaaovv
iK TrXeiovcov Trpd^ecov
^X^''
Trepl
tw
KCKpafxevov
ert tjttov
ySpa^eea? BeiKVVfievov
rj
avv€aT7]K€V
5t'
iroWw
arj/jieiov Si'
Tpaycphlai
uKoXovOovvTa
etrj
to
olov el Tt9 rov OISlttovv Oelr} top %0(poK\eov
TCOV eTTOTTOicov
av
hC
Kal
elra
iv iXaTTovi fiijKec to reXo? T779 fjnixrjcrew^ elvac 5
Tft)
Kad^
Ta<; 6-^eL'i,
avayvcoaei Kal eVt tcov epyav.
rfj
TO yap aOpooiTepov rjhiov A,e7(i)
Koi
rrjv fxovcnKrjv
fiepo
avviaTavrai ivapyearara.
al rjhovaX
20 ivapye<; e^et 1462 b
1462 a 18—1462 b 20
XXVI. 4—8.
110
:
:
t
4—8
ARISTOTLE'S POETICS XXVI. music and scenic
111
as important accessories
effects
these produce the most vivid of pleasures.
and
;
Further,
it
has vividness of impression in reading as well as in
Moreover, the art attains
representation. 1462 b
narrower limits
concentrated
the
for
;
pleasurable than one which
and so
What,
diluted.
as long as the
has less unity
;
Iliad
if
it
would be the
—
worked into a unity,
Now
appear truncated of length,
it
or, if it
;
the
if
will, if concisely told,
it
conform to the Epic canon
seem weak and watery.
will
6
poem
that any Epic
will furnish subjects for several tragedies.
story be
effect
were cast into a form
Once more, the Epic imitation
?
shown by this,
as is
5
more
is
spread over a long time
is
for example,
of the Oedipus of Sophocles,
end within
its
effect
^
^
^
What I mean by a story composed of several actions may be illustrated from the Iliad and Odyssey, which have many parts, each with a certain magnitude of its Yet these poems are
own.
structure
each
;
is,
possible
in
in the highest degree attainable,
an
perfect
as
as
imitation of a single action. then. Tragedy
If,
is
superior to Epic poetry in all these 7
respects, and, moreover, fulfils its specific function better
as
an art
—
for each art
ought to produce, not any chance
pleasure, but the pleasure proper to
—
it
plainly follows that Tragedy
attaining
its
end more
Thus much may poetry in general the that
number
of
;
it,
as already stated
the higher
suffice
as
concerning Tragic and Epic 8
their several kinds
and
each and their differences
and the answers
art,
perfectly.
make a poem good
critics
is
or
bad
;
parts,
with
the causes
;
the objections of the
to these objections.
#
*
*
4
JUU^ £W^|4.4
fc...
iL„:b=rt£cv-^
VVv-VK
C^
W^^^WWA^ dKlJh^^i^
te^-
^fc:
VY..4,^"WV.*^' 0^>f^,
U^-*^ C.^,
C^^..--,-.-'^-^
^<*-^*
4^-c^-Vc
U.^T>-«-€Kii^£n>v^
.^«^^- i^^^el:
ON-fi-V-W .fU*»>M^
.X*X/'
J/..^
A^-*'^--*^ yr-»-r>t
.v
a/
u«:r
(kJ-^t?;;^
u^^ ^^\. ^^^T cu<^
._^jr,^^*^
u
^
a
3
PARK CRESCENT
"0—5, CANADA
*2on